CHAPTER
10 INDEX
LAND
USE (ZONING ORDINANCE) REGULATIONS
Click on the section links to navigate
the document.
SECTION 10.01 PURPOSE
10.03 NON-CONFORMING
USES AND STRUCTURES
10.04 ESTABLISHMENT OF
DISTRICTS
10.06 APPLICATION
OF DISTRICT REGULATIONS
10.07 A-1,
AGRICULTURAL DISTRICT
10.08 R-1, SINGLE
FAMILY RESIDENCE DISTRICT
10.09 R-2, TWO FAMILY
RESIDENCE DISTRICT
10.10 R-3, MULTIPLE FAMILY
RESIDENCE DISTRICT
10.10A R-4, SUPPORTIVE CARE DISTRICT
10.11 C-1, LIMITED COMMERCIAL DISTRICT
10.12 C-2, COMMERCIAL
DISTRICT
10.12A D-1. DOWNTOWN BUSINESS DISTRICT
10.12B C-3
HIGHWAY COMMERCIAL DISTRICT
10.13 I-1, INDUSTRIAL
DISTRICT
10.14 SHORELAND
OVERLAY DISTRICT
10.14A
PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT
10.14B ESO, ENVIRONMENTALLY SENSITIVE AREA OVERLAY DISTRICT
SECTION 10.14C BENTON DRIVE SOUTH GATEWAY OVERLAY DISTRICT
10.17 CONDITIONAL USE PERMITS; VARIANCES; REZONING;
APPEALS
CHAPTER 10
LAND USE (ZONING) REGULATIONS
SECTION 10.01 PURPOSE
The City wants
to guide future land use and development so as to promote a safe, pleasant and
economical environment for residential, commercial, industrial and public
activities; to preserve certain undeveloped lands, to provide for the wise
development of the Mississippi River shorelands, and to promote the public
health, safety, order, convenience, and the general welfare; to preserve
property values by regulating the use of land, buildings, and structures,
including their height, bulk, yard areas and density. Municipal planning, by providing public
guides to future municipal action, enables other public and private agencies to
plan their activities in harmony with the municipality=s plans. Municipal planning will assist in developing
lands more wisely, serving citizens more effectively, and making the provision
of public services less costly through the achievement of a more secure tax
base.
Subdivision 1. Other Regulations. It is intended by these regulations to be
consistent with and compliment other municipal controls that exist such as
Building and Fire codes, Subdivision or Flood Plain Regulations, Official Maps,
Comprehensive Plans, transportation, utility, storm water, park, capital
improvements or other plans. It is not
intended by these regulations to repeal, abrogate, annul or in any way impair
or interfere with existing provisions or other regulations. Where these regulations impose a greater restriction
upon the use of land, buildings or structures than is imposed or required by
such other existing provisions by law, contract or deed, the provisions of this
Chapter shall prevail and control.
Subdivision 2. Purpose and Intent of Adult Use Zoning
Regulations. The purpose
and intent of the adult use regulations set forth in this Chapter is to serve a
substantial government interest by attempting to preserve the quality and
vitality of neighborhoods, protect the City's retail trade, curtail the
depression of property values, restrain criminal activity and slow the spread
of sexually transmitted diseases.
Adult Use
Establishments, as defined by these Zoning regulations, because of their very
nature, are recognized as having serious objectionable operational
characteristics that have a deleterious effect upon the use and enjoyment of
adjacent areas. These secondary effects
are especially evident where such uses are concentrated.
One of this
Chapter's objectives is to disperse the adult uses through separation
requirements from another adult use and from other significantly incompatible
uses. These regulations allow adult uses
only in I-1, Industrial District. In
this community, those areas are located throughout the city and provide
opportunity for sites with good visibility and access to major streets and
highways.
The secondary
effects associated with adult uses include an increased level of criminal
activity, increased risk of exposure to sexually transmitted diseases,
depression of property values and a detrimental change in the character of
surrounding neighborhoods.
However, it is
recognized that such regulations cannot de facto approach prohibition. Otherwise, a protected form of expression
would vanish. The adult use regulations
set forth in these Zoning regulations represent a balancing of competing
interests: reduction of objectionable
secondary effects through the regulation of adult uses versus the protected
rights of the owners, operators, performers and patrons of those adult uses.
SECTION 10.02 RULES AND DEFINITIONS.
Subdivision 1. Rules. The language
set forth in the text of this Chapter shall be interpreted in accordance with
the following rules of construction:
A. The singular number includes the plural
and the plural includes the singular.
B. The present tense includes the past and
future tenses and the future tense includes the present.
C. The
word "shall" is mandatory, while the word "may" is permissive.
Subdivision 2. Definitions. For the purpose of this Chapter, certain
terms and words are hereby defined as follows:
Accessory Apartment: A portion of
the principal structure that is used as a dwelling unit; which has a separate
entrance, bath, and kitchen.
Accessory Building: A subordinate building, structure or a
portion of the main building, the use of which is incidental to that of the
main building or to the use of the premises.
Accessory Uses:
A
use subordinate to the purpose for which the land is zoned. Accessory uses may only occur in conjunction
with a principal use and on the same lot as the principal use.
Adult Arcade: An establishment where, for any
form of consideration, one or more motion picture projectors, slide projectors,
or similar machines for viewing by 5 or fewer persons each, are used to show
films, motion pictures, video cassettes, slides, or other photographic
reproductions that are characterized by an emphasis upon the depiction or
description of specified sexual activities or specified anatomical areas.
Adult Bookstore: An
establishment that has as a substantial portion of its stock-in-trade and
offers for sale, for any form of consideration, any one or more of the
following: 1) books, magazines,
periodicals, or other printed matter, or photographs, films, motion pictures,
video cassettes, slides, or other visual representations that are characterized
by an emphasis upon the depiction or description of specified sexual activities
or specified anatomical areas; or 2) instruments, devices or paraphernalia that
are designed for use in connection with specified sexual activities.
Adult Cabaret: A nightclub, bar, restaurant,
or similar establishment that regularly features live performances that are
characterized by the exposure of specified anatomical areas or by specified
sexual activities, or films, motion pictures, video cassettes, slides, or other
photographic reproductions in which a substantial portion of the total
presentation time is devoted to the showing of material that is characterized
by an emphasis upon the depiction or description of specified sexual activities
or specified anatomical areas.
Adult Motion Picture Theater: An
establishment where, for any form of consideration, films, motion pictures,
video cassettes, slides, or similar photographic reproductions are shown, and
in which a substantial portion of the total presentation time is devoted to the
showing of material characterized by an emphasis on the depiction or
description of specified sexual activities or specified anatomical areas.
Adult Theater: A theater, concert hall,
auditorium, or similar establishment characterized by activities featuring the
exposure of specified anatomical areas or by specified sexual activities.
Adult Use Establishments: Adult use
establishments include, but are not limited to:
adult arcade, adult bookstore, adult cabaret, adult motion picture
theater, adult theater, or sexual encounter establishment.
Animal Shelters: Any place that
shelters lost or abandoned animals for the purpose of reclaiming by the owner,
adoption, placement with another agency, or humane euthanization.
May include limited veterinary services
such as routine vaccinations and spaying and neutering.
Antenna:
Any structure or device used for the purpose of collecting or
transmitting electromagnetic waves, including but not limited to directional
antennas, such as panels, microwave dishes, and satellite dishes, and omni-directional
antennas, such as whip antennas.
Apartment Building: A building containing 3 or more
dwelling units.
Assisted
Living. Housing designed for persons who
need assistance with their daily living needs including special support
services such as meal preparation, housekeeping, limited medical care, and
transportation.
Assisted Living.
Housing
designed for persons who need assistance with their daily living needs
including special support services such as meal preparation, housekeeping,
limited medical care, and transportation.
Basement:
A portion of the building which floor is at least 4 feet or more which
is below grade for more than 50% of the perimeter. A basement is not counted as a story.
Buildable Lot Area: The lot area for purposes of
determining compliance with the minimum lot area requirements of the Zoning
Ordinance is the contiguous area of a lot which is sufficient in the area to
accommodate the construction of public utilities, buildings, and driveways,
while still providing for adequate setbacks.
The following shall not be included in calculating the lot area:
floodways, wetlands, wetland buffers, right-of-ways/road easements, within the
meander line of a river or stream, within the meander line of a drainage
ditch. The lot area may contain soils
with certain limiting characteristics such as shallow bedrock or high water table.
Building: Any structure
used or intended for supporting or sheltering any use or occupancy.
Building Height: The vertical
distance from grade plane to the average height of the highest roof surface. Average roof elevation shall be the
mid-height between the roof eave and the highest roof ridge, regardless of the
shape of the roof. In the case of a
building with multiple roof levels, the highest of the various roof levels must
be used to determine the building height.
Building Line: A line measured across the
width or length of the lot at the point where the main structure is placed in
accordance with setback provisions.
Building, Principal: A
non-accessory building in which a principal use permitted in a zoning district
is conducted.
Commercial Child Care Facility: Any child care
facility, which for gain or otherwise regularly provides 15 or more infant,
pre-school, or school-aged minor children with care, training, or supervision
on a regular basis for periods of less than 24 hours per day.
Commercial Kennel: Any place
where 9 or more domestic animals of any type, over six months of age, are
commercially kept, sold, boarded, bred, or exhibited, except hospitals,
clinics, and other premises operated by or in association with a licensed
veterinarian exclusively for the care and treatment of animals.
Commercial Wireless Telecommunication Services: Licensed commercial wireless telecommunication
services including cellular, personal communication services (PCS), specialized
mobilized radio (SMR), enhanced specialized mobilized radio (ESMR), paging, and
similar services that are marketed to the general public.
Condominium: A type of multi-family dwelling in which each
dwelling unit is owned individually, but in which the halls, entrance ways and
underlying land is jointly owned.
Dwelling: Any building
or portion thereof which is designed or used exclusively for residential
occupancy, but not including hotels, motels, lodging or boarding houses.
Dwelling Unit: A dwelling containing living
quarters including sleeping, eating, cooking and sanitation for a single
family.
Family: Any of the following living in a
single dwelling unit:
1. An individual;
or
2. 2 or more
persons related by blood, marriage, or adoption and any unrelated persons who
reside therein as though a member of the family; or
3. A group of not
more than 5 persons.
Floor Area, Gross: The sum of the gross horizontal areas of all
floors of all buildings on any lot as measured from the exterior faces of
exterior walls or from the center line of the walls separating 2 buildings. In particular, the gross floor area of a
building or buildings shall include basements and stairwells at each story,
floor space used for mechanical equipment (with structural headroom of seven
feet, six inches or more) attic space (providing structural head room of seven
feet, six inches or more), and interior balconies and mezzanines.
Floor-Area-Ratio:
A
quotient which expresses the total gross floor area as a multiple of the total
area of the lot. The quotient is
determined by dividing the gross floor area of all buildings as measured from
exterior walls on any lot by the area of that lot.
Garage:
An accessory building or part of the principal building designed and
used for the storage of motor vehicles owned/leased by the occupants of the
principal structure.
Garages shall only be used for vehicle, equipment storage, and to
house boats, trailers and recreations vehicles.
Grade: The lowest point of
elevation of the finished surface of the ground, paving, or sidewalk within the
area between the building and a line 5 feet from the building.
Grade Plan:
A
reference plane representing the average of finished ground level adjoining the
building at exterior walls. Where the
finished ground level slopes away from the external walls, the reference plane
shall be established by the lowest points within the area between the building
and the lot line or, where the lot line is more than 6 feet from the building,
between the building and a point 6 feet from the building.
Hardship: Means the
property in question cannot be put to a reasonable use under the conditions of
the official controls, and the plight of the landowner is due to circumstances
unique to his/her land and not created by the landowner(s) or known by the
landowner(s) at the time of purchase.
Economic considerations alone shall not constitute a hardship if a
reasonable use for the property exists under terms of the official controls.
Home occupations: Any occupation or profession carried on by a
member of a family, residing on the premises, conducted entirely within the
dwelling (not including the garage), which use is clearly incidental and
secondary to the use of the residential dwelling unit and does not change the
character thereof; provided that not over 25% of the gross floor area of any
one story or not more than one room is used for a home occupation or
professional purpose - whichever is less.
Home occupations may not include boat, automobile or small engine
repairs.
Hoop/Tubular Frame Building: A structure
composed of a rigid framework supporting a tensioned membrane, which provides
the weather barrier.
Housing For Elderly Persons: means:
(i) Housing
provided under any state or federal program that the state or federal
government determines is specifically designed and operated to assist elderly
persons, as defined in the state or federal program; or
(ii) Housing intended for, and solely
occupied by, persons 62 years of age or older; or
(iii) Housing intended and operated for
occupancy by at least one person 55 years of age or older per unit provided
that:
(A) There are significant facilities and
services specifically designed to meet the physical or social needs of older
persons, or if the provision of these facilities and services is not
practicable that the housing is necessary to provide important housing opportunities
for older persons;
(B) At least 80 percent of the units are
occupied by at least one person 55 years of age or older per unit; and
(C) There is publication of, and adherence
to, policies and procedures that demonstrate intent by the owner or manager to
provide housing for persons 55 years of age or older.
Housing
does not fail to meet the above requirements by reason of having unoccupied
units, if unoccupied units are reserved for occupancy by persons who meet the
age requirements described above.
In
no event shall such definition be less inclusive than said term is defined by
Federal Statute Chapter 42 USCS Section 3607, as amended or Minnesota Statutes
363.02, as amended.
Kennel: An enclosure designed or used to house
pets outdoors, not including fenced yards.
Licensed Day Care Facility: A facility licensed by the state or
county that provides one or more persons with care, training, supervision,
habilitation, rehabilitation or developmental guidance on a regular basis, for
periods of less than 24 hours per day, in a place other than the person’s own
Dwelling Unit. Licensed day care
facilities include but are not limited to: family day care homes, group family
daycare homes, daycare centers, day nurseries, nursery schools, developmental
achievement centers, day treatment programs, adult day care centers, and day
services as defined by Minnesota State statute.
Residential day care facilities whose primary purpose is to treat
juveniles who have violated criminal statutes relating to sex offenses or have
been adjudicated delinquent on the basis of conduct in violation of criminal
statues relating to sex offenses may not be considered a licensed residential
day care facility. This definition does
not include Commercial Child Care Facilities.
Licensed Community Residential Facility. A facility licensed by the State or
County that provides 24-hour-per-day supportive care, food, lodging,
monitoring, supervision, rehabilitation, habilitation, education or
training. Licensed facilities are
limited to those facilities regulated by the Minnesota Department of Human
Services or Department of Health. This
definition does not include: foster homes; Motel/Hotel; Day Care Facility;
Housing for Elderly Persons; facilities whose primary purpose is to treat
juveniles who have violated criminal statutes relating to sex offenses; or
facilities licensed by the Department of Corrections.
Lodging Room: A room rented as sleeping quarters, but
without cooking facilities. Each room
which provides sleeping accommodations shall be counted as 1 lodging room.
Lot: Means a parcel of land designated by a
platted lot and block number, metes and bounds description, registered land
survey, auditor's plot, or other accepted means and separated from other
parcels or portions by said description for the purpose of sale, lease, or
separation thereof. For the purposes of
these regulations, a lot shall be considered to be an individual building site
which shall be occupied by not more than 1 principal structure, having not less
than the minimum area, width, and depth required for a building site in the
zoning district in which such lot is situated.
Lot Area: The area of a
horizontal plane within the lot lines.
Lot, Corner: The lot situated at the junction of, and
abutting on 2 or more streets; or a lot at the point of deflection in alignment
of a single street, the interior angle of which does not exceed 135 degrees.
Lot Depth: The mean horizontal distance between the front
and rear lines of a lot.
Lot, Key: The first lot to the rear of a corner
lot, the front line of which is a continuation of the side of the corner lot
and fronting on the street which intersects the street on which the corner lot
fronts.
Lot Line: A property boundary line of any tract held in
single ownership, except where such line extends into a public street or alley,
then the lot line shall be at the edge of the street or alley.
Lot Line, Front: The boundary line of a lot abutting a
street. On a corner lot, the shortest
street lot line shall be the front lot line.
Lot Line, Rear: The boundary
line most remote from and most nearly parallel to the front lot line.
Lot Line, Side: A boundary
line other than the front lot line or rear lot line.
Lot Width: The mean horizontal distance between the side
lot lines of a lot.
Motel/Hotel: A building
occupied as a temporary abiding place with or without meals served, but with no
provisions made for cooking in any individual rooms.
Non-conforming
Use: Any use of land or structures established
before the effective date of adoption or amendment of these or preceding
regulations which does not conform to the use restrictions of a particular
zoning district. This should not be
confused with substandard dimensions of a conforming use.
Nursing
Home/Adult Care Home. A residential
facility licensed by the Minnesota Department of Health where individualized
home care aide services or home management services are provided to residents
either by the management or by providers under contract with the management; a
facility for aged, chronically ill, or incurable persons licensed by the
Minnesota Department of Health providing nursing care and related medical
services.
Ordinary High Water Mark: A mark delineating the highest water level
which has been maintained for a sufficient period of time to leave evidence
upon the landscape. The ordinary high water mark is commonly that point where the natural
vegetation changes from predominantly aquatic to predominantly terrestrial.
Parking space:
An enclosed or unenclosed area exclusive of
access or maneuvering area, to be used exclusively as a temporary storage space
for 1 motor vehicle and which has a surface constructed of asphalt or concrete.
Patio Home: A single-story slab on grade structure used
for dwelling purposes.
Permitted Use: A use
lawfully established within a particular zoning district provided it conforms
to all of the requirements and performance standards of that district.
Persons: An individual, firm, partnership, trustee,
association, corporation or organization of any kind.
Pole Barn: A structure, the basic support and framework
of which is provided by wooden poles or timbers inserted vertically into the
ground.
Portable
Storage Containers: Portable storage containers shall include all
enclosed large bins designed to be hoisted onto or towed by trucks for
transporting materials for refuse or storage often seen in conjunction with
construction or renovation. Other
applicable containers include rail cars, semi trailers, dumpsters, and
tractor-trailers.
Public
Utility: Persons, corporations, or governments
supplying gas, electric, transportation, water, sewer, or land line telephone
service to the general public. For the
purposes of this Ordinance, commercial wireless telecommunication service
facilities shall not be considered public utility uses, and are defined
separately.
Rezoning: The changing of any parcel or parcels from
one zoning district to another through procedures established by this Chapter.
Right-Of-Way: Land dedicated and publicly owned, in fee or
by easement, for use as a street, alley, or walkway.
Roominghouse. Any
residential structure in which for compensation, Lodging Rooms are provided
with a common entrance, with or without shared kitchen facilities, for six or
more unrelated persons. This definition
does not include Apartments, Accessory Apartments, Townhomes, Twin Homes,
Duplexes, Triplexes, Fourplexes, or Motels/Hotels.
School: As used in this Chapter, shall mean an
accredited institution for learning, providing primary or secondary
instructions.
Setback: The shortest horizontal distance between any
part of the structure and the lot line, disregarding steps and roof overhangs.
Sexual Encounter Establishment: An establishment other than a hotel, motel,
or similar establishment offering public accommodations, which, for any form of
consideration, provides a place where 2 or more persons may congregate,
associate, or consort in connection with specified sexual activities or the
exposure of specified anatomical areas.
This definition does not include an establishment where a medical
practitioner, psychologist, psychiatrist, or similar professional person
licensed by the state engages in sexual therapy.
Shoreland: Land located within the following distances
from the Mississippi River: 250 feet from the ordinary high
water mark of the Mississippi River from the southern city limits then
northerly to the Sauk Rapids, MN Highway 15 bridge at South First Street
extended and between the River and railroad right-of-way northerly of the
bridge to the northern city limits.
Specified Anatomical Areas: As used
herein, specified anatomical areas means and includes any of the following: 1)
less than completely and opaquely covered human genitals, pubic region,
buttocks, anus, or female breasts below a point immediately above the top of
the areolae; or 2) human male genitals in a discernibly turgid state, even if
completely and opaquely covered.
Specified Sexual Activities: As used
herein, specified sexual activities means and includes any of the
following: 1) the fondling or other
erotic touching of human genitals, pubic region, buttocks, anus, or female
breasts; 2) sex acts, actual or simulated, including intercourse, oral
copulation, or sodomy; 3) masturbation, actual or simulated; or 4) excretory
functions as part of or in connection with any of the activities set forth in
subdivisions 1 through 3 of this subsection.
Story: That portion of a building included between
the upper surface of any floor and the upper surface of the floor next above;
or, if there is no floor above, the space between the floor and the ceiling
next above.
Structural Alteration: Any change in
a building or structure affecting its supporting members, including but not
limited to, bearing walls, girders, roof, and all exterior walls. Incidental repairs such as re-roofing and residing
shall not be considered as structural alteration.
Structure: That
which is built or constructed, an edifice or building of any kind, or any piece
of work artificially built up or composed of parts joined together in some
definite manner.
Tower: Any ground or roof mounted pole,
spire, structure, or combination thereof taller than 15 feet, including
supporting lines, cables, wires, braces, and masts, intended primarily for the
purpose of mounting an antenna, meteorological device, or similar apparatus
above grade.
Tower, Multi-User: A tower to which is attached the antennas of
more than one commercial wireless telecommunication service provider or
governmental entity.
Tower, Single-User: A tower to which is attached only the
antennas of a single user, although the tower may be designed to accommodate
the antennas of multiple users as required in this Ordinance.
Townhouse: A single family
dwelling utilizing a cluster of row arrangement where each dwelling has its own
private entrance, and one or more common walls.
Townhouses may be located so that all dwelling units are on the same lot
or so that each dwelling unit has its own lot.
Trailer Parks: A park, court, camp site, lot, parcel or
tract of land designed, maintained or intended for the purpose of supplying a
location or accommodations for any trailer, upon which trailer coaches are
parked and shall include all buildings used, or intended for use, as part of
the equipment thereof, whether or not a charge is made for the use of the
trailer park and its facilities.
"Trailer Park" shall not include automobile or trailer sales
lots on which unoccupied trailers are parked for purposes of inspection and
sale.
Twin Home: A
single-family dwelling on its own lot, but with 1 common wall adjoining it to
another similar single-family dwelling.
Unlicensed Community
Residential Facility. Any public
or private residential facility which regularly provides lodging in connection
with supportive care services in exchange for compensation, regardless of
whether the services are provided on or off site. Supportive care services may include but are
not limited to training, education, supervision, monitoring, or
rehabilitation. This definition does not
include: foster homes; Motel/Hotel; Day Care Facility; Housing for Elderly Persons; Community
Residential Facility; facilities whose primary purpose is to treat juveniles
who have violated criminal statutes relating to sex offenses; or facilities
licensed by the Department of Corrections.
Use: The purpose for which land is zoned or a
building is arranged, designed or intended, or for which land or a building is
or may be occupied or maintained.
Variance: Any modification or variation of official
controls where it is determined that, because of a hardship, strict enforcement
of the official controls is impractical.
A modification of allowable uses within a zoning district shall not be
considered a variance. (See Hardship definition above)
Wetlands: Wetlands means those areas that are inundated
or saturated by surface or ground water at a frequency and duration sufficient
to support, and that under normal circumstances do support, a prevalence of
vegetation typically adapted for life in saturated soil conditions. Wetlands generally include swamps, marches,
bogs, and similar areas.
Yard: An open space on a lot which is
unoccupied and unobstructed from its lowest elevation upward, except as
otherwise permitted.
Yard, Front: That portion
of the yard located between the front lot line, the side lot lines, and the
front building line.
Yard, Rear: That portion of the yard located between the
rear building line, side lot lines, and the rear lot line.
Yard, Side: That portion of the yard located between the
front and rear yards and between the side building lines and side lot line
SECTION 10.03.
NON-CONFORMING USES AND STRUCTURES.
1.
Purpose. It is the purpose of this section to
accomplish the following:
a) recognize the
existence of uses which were lawful when established but which no longer meet
all ordinance requirements;
b) discourage the
enlargement, expansion, intensification or extension of any non-conforming use
or any increase in the impact of a non-conforming use on adjacent properties;
c) regulate the
repair, replacement, restoration, and improvement of non-conforming uses to
prevent and abate nuisances and to protect the public health, safety, or
welfare; and
d) encourage the
elimination of non-conforming uses or reduce their impact on adjacent
properties.
2. Definitions.
For
the purposes of this section, the following terms and phrases have the meanings
given to them.
a) "Legal
non-conformity" or "non-conforming use" means any land use,
structure, physical form of land development, lot of record or sign legally
established before the effective date of this ordinance or subsequent amendment
to it that would not be permitted by, or is not in full compliance with, the
regulations of this ordinance. A non-conformity or non-conforming use is one of
two types: non-conforming land use or non-conforming development.
b) "Non-conforming
land use" means an activity using land, buildings, and/or structures for a
purpose that was legally allowed when established but that is not currently
allowed as a use in the zoning district in which it is located.
c) "Non-conforming
development" means a legal non-conformity other than a non-conforming land
use, that complied with ordinance standards at the time it was established but
that does not currently conform to an ordinance standard such as height, setback,
or size.
d) "Expansion,"
"enlargement," or "intensification" means any increase in a
dimension, size, area, volume, or height, any increase in the area of use, any
placement of a structure or part thereof where none existed before, any addition
of a site feature such as a deck, patio, fence, driveway, parking area, or
swimming pool, any improvement that would allow the land to be more intensely
developed, any move of operations to a new location on the property, or any
increase in intensity of use based on a review of the original nature, function
or purpose of the non-conforming use, the hours of operation, traffic, parking,
noise, exterior storage, signs, exterior lighting, types of operations, types
of goods or services offered, odors, area of operation, number of employees,
and other factors deemed relevant by the city.
e) "Replacement,"
"reconstruction," or "restoration" means construction that
exactly matches pre-existing conditions.
3. General Standards. A nonconforming use may be used and
continued, including through repair, replacement, restoration, or maintenance,
but not including expansion, only in compliance with the provisions of this
section. The use must have been in compliance with all land use regulations at
the time the non-conformity was created in order to be eligible for the
benefits of being a non-conforming use.
a) There may be
no expansion, enlargement, or intensification, of any use or any site element
of any non-conforming use except to make it a permitted use. Normal
building maintenance and repair are allowed. Expansion, enlargement or
intensification of conforming aspects of a non-conforming development are
excepted from this requirement. For example, if a structure has a
non-conforming front setback, it may be expanded on the sides that do meet
setback requirements as long as the expansion itself meets ordinance
requirements.
b) No
non-conforming use may be resumed if normal operation of the use has been
discontinued, or if a non-conforming building has been removed and not
replaced, for a period of 12 or more months. Time will be calculated as
beginning on the day following the last day in which the use was in normal
operation and will run continuously thereafter. Following the expiration
of 12 months, only uses that are permitted by this ordinance are allowed to be
established.
c) Full use of a
non-conforming use may not be resumed if the amount of land or floor area
dedicated to the use is lessened or if the intensity of the use is in any
manner diminished for a period of 12 or more months. Time will be
calculated as beginning on the day following the last day in which the
non-conforming use was in full operation and will run continuously
thereafter. Following the expiration of 12 months, the non-conforming use
may be used only in the manner or to the extent used during the preceding 12
months. For the purposes of this section, intensity of use will be
determined by a review of the original nature, function or purpose of the
non-conforming use, the hours of operation, traffic, parking, noise, exterior
storage, signs, exterior lighting, types of operations, types of goods or
services offered, odors, area of operation, number of employees, and other
factors deemed relevant by the city.
d) Removal or
destruction of a non-conforming use to the extent of more than 50 percent of
its estimated market value by fire or other peril, excluding land value and as
determined by the city assessor, terminates the right to continue or replace
any non-conforming use, except if a valid and complete building permit
application has been submitted to the city within 180 days after the property
was damaged.
e) If
replacement, reconstruction, or restoration of a legal non-conforming land use
is allowed, it may occur without any land use approval from the city if the
resulting use does not create any new adverse impacts on adjacent property and
matches exactly the conditions that existed before the work was undertaken or
before the use was damaged or destroyed. Work that would not meet this
requirement and any work that would be an improvement to a non-conforming land
use may not be undertaken unless a conditional use permit has been issued for
the property. The city may impose conditions in a conditional use permit to
protect the public health, safety, or welfare, and to mitigate any newly
created impacts on adjacent property.
f)
If
replacement, reconstruction, or restoration of a legal non-conforming
development is allowed, it may occur without any land use approval from the
city if the resulting use does not create any new adverse impacts on adjacent
property and matches exactly the conditions that existed before the work was
undertaken or before the non conforming development was damaged or destroyed,
except for internal improvements and improved materials within buildings used
to replace roof surfaces, siding, windows, doors, and similar components. Work
that would not meet this requirement or any other improvement to a
non-conforming development may not be undertaken unless the appropriate
approval required below has been granted for the property. The city may impose
conditions in its approval to protect the public health, safety, or welfare,
and to mitigate any newly created impacts on adjacent property.
1)
Work that brings a structure into compliance with building code
requirements requires approval from the Community Development Director. The
Community Development Director may choose, in his or her sole discretion, to
require site plan approval by the City Council, instead of administrative
approval.
2)
All other improvements require site plan approval by the City Council
upon recommendation of the Planning Commission notwithstanding any other
provision of this ordinance to the contrary.
g)
Work
that constitutes an expansion of any non-conforming use or development may not be done without first obtaining a
variance. Expansion of a non-conforming land use or development may be
approved only by the city council after receiving the recommendation of the
planning commission where:
1)
The use occupies any space within a non-conforming area that was
previously not occupied both vertically and horizontally. For example, a
variance would be required if a second-floor area is expanded into the
non-conforming setback even though the non-conformity of the first
floor setback dimension is reduced; or
2)
The non-conforming aspect of a use is reduced but still does not
comply with current ordinance standards.
h) Notwithstanding
the prohibitions contained in the foregoing paragraphs of this subdivision, if
approved by the city council a non-conforming use may be changed to another
non-conforming land use of less intensity if it is in the public
interest. In all instances the applicant has the burden of proving to the
City Council that the proposed land use is less intense than the existing
nonconforming land use.
i)
If
a non-conforming use is superseded or replaced by a permitted use, the
non-conforming status of the premises and any rights which arise under the
provisions of this section terminate.
j)
Notwithstanding
the foregoing paragraphs of this subdivision, all non-conforming Adult Use
Establishments, as defined in Chapter 10.02, which were made non-conforming by
the zoning ordinance or an amendment to it must be discontinued no later than
three years after the adoption of the provision creating the non-conformity.
k) Notwithstanding
the foregoing paragraphs, a non-conforming use or structure in a floodplain
area may only be repaired, replaced, maintained, improved, or expanded to the
extent that it would qualify for eligibility in the National Flood Insurance
Program, would not increase flood damage potential or increase the degree
of obstruction to flood flows in the floodway, and would comply with the
provisions in Chapter 11.
4. Non-Conforming Sign. A
non-conforming sign that is an imminent danger to life or property or that may
not be replaced under this ordinance must be removed immediately at the expense
of the owner.
5.
Non-Conforming Utility Pole. For a non-conforming utility pole that
exists on the effective date of the ordinance, the pole and wires may be
replaced in the event that it is damaged as the result of circumstances beyond
the owner's control, but only if the height of the pre-existing pole and its
lines are not exceeded and the voltage of the pre- existing wires is not
increased. The height and voltage may be exceeded only if this is required by
other governmental agencies or by applicable safety codes. In addition,
the height may be exceeded temporarily if the owner does not have a conforming
pole available, but only on the condition that a permanent replacement which
does not exceed the pre-existing height is installed as soon as practical.
6.
Creation of Non-Conformities By Public Action. If a taking by
a governmental body occurs under eminent domain or negotiated sale which
renders a land use, lot of record, sign or development in violation of one or
more provisions of this ordinance, such land use, lot of record, sign or
development becomes a legal non-conformity with respect to the non-conformity
created by the acquisition. It will have the benefits of, but not be
subject to the limitations, of this section.
7. Burden of Proof. A person who
wishes to take advantage of the rights granted to a legal non-conformity has
the burden of proving the status as a legal non-conformity by clear and
convincing evidence.
SECTION 10.04 ESTABLISHMENTS OF DISTRICTS
Subdivision 1. Districts.
For
the purpose of this Chapter, the City is hereby divided into districts as
follows:
A. Agricultural
District.
A-1 Agricultural
B. Residential
Districts.
R-1 Single Family Residence
R-2 Two Family Residence
R-3 Multiple Family Residence
R-4 Supportive Care
C. Commercial Districts.
C-1 Limited Commercial
C-2 Commercial
C-3 Highway Commercial
D.
Downtown
District
D-1 Downtown Business
E. Industrial District.
I-1 Industrial
F. Shoreland
Overlay District.
G. Planned
Unit Development (PUD).
Subdivision 2. Official Zoning Map. The location
and boundaries of the districts established by this Chapter are hereby set
forth on the map entitled "Official Zoning Map" of the City of Sauk
Rapids. Regardless of the existence of
the printed copies of the Official Zoning Map which may from time to time be
made or published, the Official Zoning Map shall be located in the conference
room of City Hall.
Subdivision 3. Enforcement
of Official Zoning Map. In the event
that the Official Zoning Map becomes damaged, destroyed, lost or difficult to
interpret because of the nature or number of changes and additions, the City
Council may by resolution adopt a new Official Zoning Map which shall supersede
the prior Official Zoning Map, but no such correction shall have the effect of
amending zoning requirements or any subsequent amendment thereof without due
process.
Subdivision 4. Designated Zoning. All of the lands in
the City shown within the district lines on the official Zoning Map and
designated as A-1 Agricultural District, R-1 Single Family District, R-2 Two
Family District, R-3 Multiple Family District, R-4 Supportive Care District, C-1 Limited Commercial District,
C-2 Commercial District, C-3 Highway Commercial District, D-1 Downtown Business
District, I-1 Industrial District, Shoreland Overlay District, and Planned Unit
Development are hereby zoned as indicated and shown in their respective
district boundaries.
Subdivision 5. Zoning Map to be Part of Regulations. The Official
Zoning Map together with everything shown thereon and all amendments thereto
shall be as much a part of this Chapter as though fully set forth and described
herein.
Subdivision 6. Maintaining
and Amending the Official Map. It shall be the responsibility of the City
Administrator to maintain the Official Zoning Map. The City Administrator shall
make or cause to have made any corrections or amendments to said Map. The Official Map shall be available for public
inspection at all reasonable times during which the City Hall is customarily
open.
SECTION 10.05 DISTRICT BOUNDARIES.
Subdivision 1. Application. The boundaries of any of the
established districts, as shown on the Official Zoning Map, shall be defined as
follows:
Subdivision 2. Boundaries of Public Right-of-Way. Where
boundaries are indicated as approximately following the centerline of streets,
alleys, or of highways, such centerlines shall be interpreted to be district
boundaries.
Subdivision 3. Boundaries on Shoreland. Where the
boundary of a district ending at the corporate limits of the City follows a
river, said boundary line shall be construed to be at the jurisdictional limits
of the city unless otherwise indicated.
Subdivision 4. Public or Institutional Property.
A. Any construction, modifications, or
changes to any areas shown on the Official Zoning Map as a park, school,
church, or cemetery shall be subject to City Council approval, after review of
the site and building plans, and upon recommendation by the Planning
Commission. Such property shall convert
to R-1 zoning after discontinuance for park, school, church or cemetery
purposes.
B. Towers meeting the
requirements of Section 10.15A may be allowed with a Conditional Use Permit
however because it is the intent for these properties to revert to Residential
zoning after discontinuance of their use, there shall be a heavy burden on the
applicant to demonstrate that there are not more suitable locations for the
tower and that the proposed tower is appropriate in the location proposed. In
any event, the maximum height of towers shall be shall be 65 feet. In
determining whether the proposed tower is appropriate on these properties, the
City shall consider such things as design, style, proximity to residentially
zoned property, view sheds, camouflaging, lighting, and general aesthetics,
while placing close attention to the potential for the proposed tower to be a
nuisance to neighboring properties.
Subdivision 5. Vacated Property. Whenever any
street, alley, or other public way is vacated, the zoning district adjoining
such vacated street, alley or public way shall be coincidentally extended to
the center of such vacated area, and all areas included therein shall be then
and henceforth subject to all regulations of the extended district.
Subdivision 6. Boundaries on Lot Lines. Boundaries
indicated as approximately following lot lines shall be interpreted as
following such lot lines.
Subdivision 7. Boundaries on City Limits. Boundaries
indicated as approximately following the City limits shall be interpreted as
following the City=s corporate limits.
Subdivision 8. Transitional Zoning (Lots in Two Districts). Where a
district boundary line, as established in this Chapter, or as shown on the
Official Zoning map, divides a platted lot in single ownership and of record,
the use and other requirements thereon applying to the more restricted portion
of such lot shall be considered as extending to the entire lot.
SECTION 10.06 APPLICATION OF DISTRICT REGULATIONS.
Subdivision 1. General Application. The
regulations set by this Chapter within each district shall be minimum
regulations and shall apply uniformly to each class or kind of structure or
land, except as hereinafter provided.
Subdivision 2. Conformity of Building and Land. No building,
structure or land shall hereafter be used or occupied, and no building or
structure or part thereof shall hereafter be erected, constructed,
reconstructed, moved or structurally altered unless it is in conformity with
all the regulations herein specified for the district in which it is located.
Subdivision 3. Conformity of Open Spaces. No part of a
yard or other space or off-street parking or loading space required in
connection with any building for the purpose of complying with this Chapter,
shall be included as part of a yard or open space similarly required for any
other building except as provided in Subdivision 5 of this Section.
Subdivision 4. Parking Areas - Joint Use. In certain cases
pertaining to property uses in which the element of time would make conflict
impossible, a parking area may be used jointly in connection with 2 or more
buildings or operations. An example of this would be the joint use of a parking
lot by a business operating only during normal daylight hours and a theater
operating only in the evening hours. Any such joint use must be considered by
the Planning Commission and approved by the City Council as a Conditional Use
prior to its beginning.
The parking
requirements of this Chapter may also be met through the use of easements over
and across parking areas adjacent to the property in question, whether or not
commonly owned, provided the total number of parking spaces of the property in
question and the adjacent property meet the total number required by this
Chapter for both properties if added together.
Subdivision 5. Yards and Lots. No yards or
lots shall be reduced in dimension or area below the minimum requirement set
forth herein. Yards or lots created after the original 1965 Zoning Ordinance
shall meet at least the minimum requirements established by this Chapter.
Subdivision 6. Zoning of Annexed Territory. All territory
which may hereafter be annexed to the City of Sauk Rapids shall be zoned at the
time of annexation. A petition for a zoning designation by the property owner
shall be submitted to the Planning Commission for review and its
recommendation. The recommendation of the Planning commission shall then be
submitted to the City Council for final determination. Proper notice shall be
given and a Public hearing shall be held pursuant to
Section 10.17, Subdivision 2.8-12.
Subdivision 7. Obstruction of View. On any corner
lot, no wall, fence or structure shall be erected or altered and no hedge,
shrubs or trees maintained or allowed to obscure the view which may cause a
danger to traffic or pedestrians.
Subdivision 8. Exceptions.
A. Height limitations as set forth in this
Chapter shall not apply to church spires, cupolas, and water towers, unless the
City Council determines such construction might be dangerous or in other ways
detrimental to surrounding property.
B. The following shall not be considered
an encroachment on setback requirements: chimneys, flues, belt
courses, leaders, sills, pilasters, lintels, cornices, eaves, steps and
gutters, provided the gutters do not project more than 3 feet.
Subdivision 9. Building Relocation.
A. No building shall be moved which is
declared by the City Building Inspector as being unsafe or dilapidated.
B. Each relocation of a building having
more than 350 square feet shall require a permit from the City Council and all
such buildings shall conform with, and be situated in, a properly zoned area in
accordance with all of the provisions of this Chapter and the Building Code.
Subdivision 10. Conformance with Street plan. No structure
may be placed in such a way as to interfere with the future construction of
streets, roads, or alleys as shown on the City Street Plan; as such plan exists
or is adopted in the future.
Subdivision 11. Wetland Delineation. In connection with the application for a
building permit, site plan approval, or any other permit or approval required
by this Ordinance the applicant must provide a delineation of all wetlands on
the property or site of the proposed project.
All approvals and/or permits may be withheld or conditionally issued
pending the results of the delineation.
In any event, approvals and/or permits will not be issued if it is
determined that the proposed project will adversely effect wetlands unless and
until all applicable local, state and federal permits have been obtained. In addition, even if state and federal
permits have been obtained by the applicant, the City
may require changes to the project to avoid impacting wetlands deemed
significant by the City.
SECTION 10.06A SITE PLANS
Subdivision 1.
PURPOSE AND INTENT
This
section shall apply to all zoning districts in the City, provided that certain
zoning districts and uses including, without limitation, the C-3, Highway
Commercial District, D-1, Downtown Business District, and Energy Projects
regulated by Section 10.15B, shall have requirements above and beyond those
required by this section. It is the purpose and intent of this section
to establish a procedure which will enable the City of Sauk Rapids to plan for
and review proposed improvements of property within the City. The site plan requirements of this section
are designed to insure the orderly and harmonious development of property in a
manner that shall:
Subdivision 2.
SITE PLAN - WHEN REQUIRED
A. Approval of a
site plan is required for all projects within the City of Sauk Rapids that
require a building permit, except those uses identified in subdivision 3 of
this Section. In addition, a new site
plan must be reviewed by the Planning Commission and approved by the City
Council if modifications, including but not limited to the following, are made
to an approved site plan:
1. Increasing a
building’s footprint
2. Changing the
use of the existing facility in a way such that the site plan no longer meets
the minimum requirements for things such as building exterior, stormwater
runoff, parking, or landscaping
3. Impacting
stormwater runoff
4. Altering
existing on-site circulation and required parking spaces in such a way that the
site plan no longer meets the minimum requirements and standards of the
approved site plan
5. Altering
landscaping in a way such that the site plan no longer meets the minimum
requirements for things such as screening and stormwater runoff
B. For changes or
modifications to an approved site plan not mentioned above that the Zoning Administrator determines are
substantial and that may affect future potential uses of the property or
current or future potential uses of neighboring properties, the Zoning
Administrator may require that the changes or modifications be approved by the
City Council following recommendation of the Planning Commission.
Subdivision 3.
EXCEPTIONS AND WAIVERS
A.
The following shall be exempt from the
requirements of this Section:
1. Permitted,
conditional, or accessory uses in the A-1, Agricultural District, with the
exception of golf courses with club houses and commercial kennels; and
2. Permitted
one-family detached dwellings; and
3. Permitted
accessory uses in association with a one-family detached dwelling;
4. Interior
modifications of an existing structure that do not change or expand the
permitted use of the existing structure.
B. The Zoning
Administrator or their designee may waive the requirement of a site plan or a
site plan amendment if all of the following conditions are met:
1. Any enlargement of a building’s footprint by
less than 20% of its existing gross floor area, providing the expansion is less
then 1,000 square feet; and
2.
The proposed modifications to an existing building do not require additional
parking spaces, they do not alter stormwater runoff, they do not significantly
alter onsite circulation, and they do not change landscaping in a way that
minimum standards are no longer met, or screening between adjacent uses or
properties is negatively altered.
Subdivision 4.
APPLICABILITY TO EXISTING DEVELOPMENTS
The
requirements of this ordinance shall not be applicable to existing developments
for which building permits have been granted at the time of the adoption of
this ordinance. If such building permit
expires prior to the completion of the development for which it was issued,
then a new building permit shall not be issued until the requirements of this
section have been met.
Subdivision 5.
MINNESOTA STATE BUILDING CODE
The
review and approval of a site plan pursuant to this Section shall be in
addition to the requirements of the City’s building and fire codes and does not
imply compliance with the requirements of the building and fire codes.
Subdivision 6.
GENERAL COMPLIANCE
Subdivision 7.
VALIDITY
Subdivision 8.
SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
Site
plans shall be prepared by a qualified and licensed civil engineer and shall
include, but are not limited to, the following information:
Curb lines
Water lines
Sewer lines
Storm sewer
catch basins
Easements
Emergency
access
Telephone
Fiber optic
Gas
Electric
Cable
SECTION 10.07 AGRICULTURAL
DISTRICT, A-1.
Subdivision 1. Permitted
Uses. The following are permitted
uses in an A-1, Agricultural District:
A. Agricultural land uses excluding dairy
cows, poultry, hogs, livestock or other animals.
B. Horticultural uses such as tree farms
and nurseries.
C. Existing conventional residences on lots
of record.
D. Golf
courses with club houses.
Subdivision 2. Permitted Accessory Uses. The following are permitted accessory
uses in an A-1, Agricultural District:
A. Temporary buildings.
B. Parking for the sale of agricultural or
horticultural products on a seasonal basis.
C. Private garages not higher than 15 feet
when detached, provided that the exterior covering materials on the roof and
side walls are the same or similar to the roof and side wall materials on the
principal structure. This standard does
not apply to storage buildings having a floor area less than 120 square feet.
D. Customary, incidental home occupations
as regulated under Section 10.08, Subdivision 2. F.
E. Public Utility Structures.
F. Non-commercial
Towers for private television antenna use.
G. Hoop/Tubular Frame Buildings as an
accessory to Horticultural uses; retail sales are prohibited.
Subdivision 3. Uses by Conditional Permits. (See Also
Section 10.17). The following uses are subject to a Conditional Use Permit in
an A-1, Agricultural District:
A. Agricultural uses involving dairy cows,
poultry, hogs, livestock or other animals.
B. Structures for storage of agricultural
machinery, fuel, and agricultural products.
C. Commercial Kennels provided that:
1) No dogs on the
kennel site shall be debarked. No shock collars will be used to control
barking.
2) A cremation or
rendering service must be used for the removal of dead animals. A dead animal
box must be employed to shield the view of same from public view.
3) The USDA
kennel license must be maintained at all times. The owner must be in compliance
with all federal, state, and local statutes and permit requirements at all
times. If at any time the kennel owner is convicted of violating such statutes,
the City Council may revoke the Conditional Use Permit.
4) Kennels must
be located on a lot containing a minimum of five (5) acres;
5) Kennels or
shelters and dog runs requires a minimum 100 foot
setback from any property line and 500 feet from any pre-existing residence,
except that of the kennel owner;
6) Outdoor
commercial kennel areas shall be fenced. Fencing shall consist of durable
materials, with a minimum height of six (6’) feet, and shall deter dogs from
escaping over, under, or through fence materials;
7) Supervision
and monitoring of the site must be continuously maintained, either by having
the owner or caretaker living on-site, or through electronic monitoring which,
at a minimum, means monitoring for power outages, fire, and temperature.
8) The following
information is submitted with Conditional Use Permit application:
i. Specify the
species and maximum number of animals that will be at the site;
ii. A statement
that all animals at the property will have current vaccinations;
iii. Identify the
location and size of all existing and proposed physical improvements, such as
buildings, dog runs and/or outside exercise areas, parking area, and other
physical improvements;
iv. A manure
management plan;
v. Information
must be provided on how the owner will handle on-site kennel wash water. All
kennel owners shall provide proper drainage for indoor and outdoor facilities
and which shall be maintained in a healthful manner. Show proposed surface
drainage in relation to adjacent land owners and features.
9) Commercial
Kennels shall have no more than 30 animals, of any age, total.
10) Conditions
that may be imposed on the Commercial Kennel may include, but are not limited
to:
i. Vegetative
buffer strips to be used as noise barriers,
ii. Restriction on
the number of permitted dogs including the number of breeding females and
intact males,
iii. Restricted
hours for the use of outside exercise areas,
iv. Location
on-site of outdoor exercise areas,
v. Records need
to be kept on-site, or at an identified veterinarian office, and produced upon
request;
vi. Area
requirements for indoor exercise areas.
Subdivision 4. Area, Height, Frontage and Yard Requirements. There are no requirements in an A-1,
Agricultural District.
A. Site Plan Required. The following
A-1 conditional and permitted uses require site plan approval pursuant to
Section 10.06A of this Chapter: golf courses with club houses and commercial
kennels.
Subdivision 5. Signs. Signs may be
erected only as permitted by Section 10.16 of this Chapter 10.
SECTION 10.08 SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENCE DISTRICT, R-1.
Subd. 1. Permitted
Uses. The following are permitted
uses in an R-1, Single Family District:
A. One-family detached dwellings,
including earth sheltered homes and one-family manufactured homes built in
conformance with Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 327.31-24, provided the following
design standards are met to ensure a favorable comparison with existing
housing:
1.
Permanent, concrete or treated-wood foundations with basements
which will anchor the structure.
2.
Roof lines must have at least a 3/12 pitch; flat or shed-type
roofs are not permitted.
3.
The minimum dimension of any exterior wall shall be 24 feet.
4.
Metal siding is permitted with no exposed fasteners and
overlapping in sections not wider than 16 inches. Sheet metal siding is not permitted.
5.
The connection to city utilities is required, with no exterior
fuel tanks.
6. New
single family homes constructed on lots platted before
February 1, 1965 must conform to the architecture and traditional character of
the existing neighborhood. Prior to
receiving a building permit, property owners shall submit building plans to the
City's Housing Advisory Committee for review and approval to ensure compliance
with this ordinance.
a) The Housing Advisory Committee will review the
compatibility of several architectural characteristics including, but not
limited to:
1. Roof lines;
2. Porch/Stoop;
3. Garage location;
4. Glazing;
5. Building height;
6. Building materials and colors.
b)
A fee established by the City Council must be submitted along with
the application for architectural review.
c) Decisions of the Housing Advisory Committee
may be appealed to the Board of Adjustment in accordance with the procedures
set forth in Section 10.17C, Subdivision 2 of the City Code, except that such
appeals shall be taken within ten (10) days after the date the decision of the
Housing Advisory Committee
7. All building permits for new single family homes and homes that are moved onto an
existing single family lot shall be accompanied by a certificate of survey
which shall include the items detailed in Section A and B below.
A. Certificate
of Survey Requirements:
1. Two
11 x 17 Certificate of Survey copies
2. Scale
of drawing, north arrow, and property legal description, PIN and address
3. Names
of all abutting streets, dimensions of all lot lines, and easements of record
4. Date
of survey completion and Land Surveyor license number and signature
5. Location
of proposed and all existing structures on property including house, garage,
driveways, sheds, decks, and locations of curb and gutters
6. Location
of primary structure/house on adjacent properties
7. If
applicable, identification of all floodplain areas and 100-year flood
elevations with locations and boundaries of all delineated wetlands, with high
water level elevations of all ponds, lakes, or other water areas on property or
adjacent to property
8. Dimensions
of existing and proposed house, garage, sheds, driveways, decks
9. Elevations
of lot, lot corners, house, garage, driveway, decks
10. Elevations
of top of garage floor, top of basement floor, and top of block elevation
11. Elevations
of first floor and top of garage floor of primary structures/houses on adjacent
properties (vacant adjacent properties shall be labeled as such)
12. Benchmark
locations and elevations
13. Building
setbacks (front, rear, and all sides) to all property lines and adjacent
structures of all proposed structures
14. Percent
of impervious surface on property
15. Grade
of driveway
16. Drainage
information with spot elevations and drainage arrows
17. Placement
and method of erosion control, including the location of the construction rock
entrance
18. Location
of stakes as detailed in Section B, below
19. Additional
information as requested and evaluated by City staff
B. Residential
Staking Requirements:
1.
All stakes shall be established by a registered and currently
licensed land surveyor and shall be placed at the following locations:
a. along
each side property line at the front building line; and, rear building line.
b. near
the front of the building excavation indicating the proposed elevation of the
top of the building foundation.
c. On
the side yard setback lines if the proposed structure will be located on or
within one (1) foot of a side yard setback line.
2.
The maintenance of these stakes, once established by the surveyor,
shall be the responsibility of the building permit applicant.
3.
Placement of stakes shall be reviewed by the Building Department
as part of the footing inspection.
B. A state licensed residential facility
serving 6 or fewer persons, a licensed day care facility serving 12 or fewer
persons, or a group family day care facility licensed under Minnesota Rules
Parts 9502.0315 to 9502.0445 to serve 14 or fewer children, except that a
residential facility whose primary purpose is to treat juveniles who have
violated criminal statutes relating to sex offenses or have been adjudicated
delinquent on the basis of conduct in violation of criminal statutes relating
to sex offenses shall not be considered a permitted use, as required by
Minnesota Statutes Chapter 462.357 Subdivision 7, as amended from time to time.
C.
The temporary use of a one-family dwelling as a
two-family dwelling after the granting of a variance in accordance with
Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 462.357, Subdivision 6. 2.
D.
Religious institutions such as churches, chapels,
temples and synagogues, and mortuaries.
E.
Pursuant to authority granted by Minnesota
Statutes, Section 462.3593, subdivision 9, the City of Sauk Rapids opts-out of
the requirements of Minn. Stat. §462.3593, which defines and regulates
Temporary Family Health Care Dwellings.
Subdivision 2. Permitted
Accessory Uses. The following are
permitted accessory uses in an R-1,
Single Family District:
A. Private garages less than 900 square
feet in area and not higher than 15 feet when detached, provided that the
exterior covering materials on the roof and side walls are the same or similar
to the roof and side wall materials on the principal structure.
B. Storage buildings, not higher than then
15 feet, used for the storage of domestic supplies and equipment owned/leased
by the occupants of the principal structure and having a floor area of less
than 120 square feet. Hoop/Tubular Frame Buildings shall not be permitted as a
storage building or for any other use within any residential district within
the City.
C. Private conservatories for plants and
flowers (not including the sale thereof). Not to exceed 150 square feet in area
and not higher than 8 feet for Hoop/Tubular Frame buildings. Not to exceed 150
feet in area and not higher than 12 feet for all other style buildings.
D. Not more than 2 lodging rooms provided
the dwelling is owner-occupied.
E. Off-street parking and loading as
required under Subdivision 6 of this Section.
F. Customary, incidental home occupations
meeting the following requirements:
1. Permitted home
occupations shall not be conducted in any building on the premises other than
the building which is used by the occupant as the private dwelling; further,
not more than one room may be used for such home occupation purposes.
2. Permitted home
occupations shall not include the employment, on the premises, of any persons
not residing on the premises nor the use of mechanical equipment on the
premises (excluding computer equipment and related printers), and further,
shall not include exterior display of signs except as permitted by Section
10.16 of this Chapter.
3. There shall be
no exterior storage of equipment or materials used in permitted home
occupations.
4. Permitted home
occupations shall not include any of the following:
a.
More
than 1 office for a resident professional or business activity.
b.
The
operation of any wholesale or retail business unless it is conducted entirely
by mail and does not include the sale, shipment or delivery of merchandise to
or from the premises.
c.
More
than 1 chair barber shops or more than 1 chair beauty salons, or dancing or
music lessons with more than 6 pupils at a time.
G. Private swimming pools with fences that
prohibit unauthorized entry. For an in-ground pool, an automatic pool cover can
be used in lieu of fencing requirements provided it is certified and complies
with ASTM (American Society of Testing and Materials) F1346-91 standard, or
successor standard.
H. Kennels, used to house pets owned by
the occupants of the principal structure, located no further than 15 feet from
the principal structure and no closer than 10 feet from any adjoining property
lot line.
I. Satellite dishes no greater than one
meter (39.37 inches) in diameter.
J. Moving or garage sales not held more
than 2 times per calendar year for periods of a maximum of 3 days.
K. Non-commercial towers supporting
private television antennas.
L. Rooftop
Solar Panels providing they do not create glare for neighboring properties or the public right of way.
Subdivision 3. Uses by Conditional Permits. (See also
Section 10.17, Subdivision 1.) The following uses are subject to a
Conditional Use Permit in an R-1, Single
Family District:
A. Townhouses with less than 4 dwelling
units and twin homes.
B. Accessory apartments which comply with
the Building Code and the following conditions in addition to any other
conditions the City may establish:
1. The structure
must be owner-occupied, or obtain an Interim Use Permit from the City Council
that would allow non-homesteaded ownership to ensure the degree of control over
density, maintenance, and property values in an R-1 neighborhood so that the
structure does not become primarily income property.
2. Lots platted
before February 1, 1965 must have a minimum lot area of 7,000 square feet, and
lots platted after February 1, 1965 must have a minimum lot area of 9,000
square feet.
3. 1 paved
off-street parking space shall be provided in addition to normal parking
requirements for the district.
4. There shall be
no more than 1 accessory apartment with 1 bedroom and 1 occupant per principal
structure.
5. No attached or
detached garage may be converted to living space to accommodate an accessory
apartment.
6. The owner(s)
of the principal structure in which the accessory apartment is located must
occupy at least 65% of the structure.
7. The Building
Inspector shall inspect the apartment and confirm that it meets the Building
Code prior to the City=s review of the request.
8. No exterior
changes may be made to the structure until the applicant submits exterior
elevation drawings which show that the changes are architecturally compatible
with the adjacent properties and consistent with the City Code and are approved
by the City.
9. Accessory
apartments will be allowed only within the following areas:
a.
Between
Third Avenue South and South Broadway; and between the Burlington Northern
Railroad tracks and southern city limits; or
b.
Between
Third Avenue and Benton Drive; and Eighth Street North and Fifth Street South.
C. Home occupations as defined by this
Chapter 10, which do not conform to Subdivision 2. F. of this Section will be
required to apply for a Conditional Use Permit if new, or upon the sale of the
property, if existing.
D. The deposit or removal of debris, dirt,
or fill (not including the extraction or mining of rock, minerals, gravel or
sand for resale purposes or the deposit of domestic, commercial, industrial, or
toxic waste, hazardous substances, or compost) over 30 cubic yards. Said Conditional Use shall require a finished
grading plan which will not adversely affect the development of the surrounding
land. Upon the issuance of the Conditional
Use Permit, the applicant shall enter into an agreement with the City, properly
secured by a performance bond guaranteeing that the affected property shall be
left in a satisfactory condition as shown on said plan.
E. Publicly owned structures such as, but
not limited to, city offices, public safety buildings, historical buildings,
and primary and secondary schools accredited by the State Department of
Education.
F. Public or private utility service structures
designed and used to serve the families in the surrounding area such as
electrical power substations, telephone buildings, deep wells, elevated tanks
and similar structures and uses.
H. Solar energy apparatus and satellite
dishes exceeding one meter (39.37 inches) in diameter, provided they will not
cast shadows and obstruct solar access or cause wind deflection to a contiguous
property, and, provided also that when constructed, the height of the apparatus
is not greater than the distance to existing or probable structures on
contiguous property in the event it would fall. This part
excludes rooftop solar.
I. Temporary buildings during periods of
construction of principal structures.
J. Towers supporting amateur radio
antennas when located in the rear yard.
K. Towers supporting commercial antennas
and conforming with Section 10.15A of this Ordinance and limited to the
following:
1. Church sites, when camouflaged as
steeples or bell towers;
2. On government, school and institutional
buildings.
Subdivision 4. Area,
Height, Frontage and Yard Requirements.
The following minimum requirements shall be observed on all lots:
A. Lot Area. The lot area
shall be at least 9,000 square feet, except lots platted before February 1,
1965 shall be at least 6,000 square feet, and lots platted between February 1,
1965 and July 21, 1997 shall be at least 8,000 square feet.
B. Lot width. The lot width
shall be a minimum of 75 feet at established building line and 30 feet at the
front lot line, except lots platted before February 1, 1965 shall have no lot
width requirement and lots platted between February 1, 1965 and shall be a
minimum of 65 feet at the established building line and 30 feet at the front
lot line.
C. Side yard setback.
For lots platted prior to February 1, 1965 the side yard setback is 5
feet, and for lots platted after February 1, 1965 the side yard setback is
10 feet for any principal structure, except that:
1. The side yard
setback on all corner lots shall be 10 feet;
2. There may be a
5 foot setback adjacent to any portion of an attached
non-occupied garage;
3. There may be a
5 foot setback for any accessory building on the lot;
4. The side yard
setback for decks shall be five feet; or
5. Where the
property is served by an alley or service road the setback shall be 18 feet for
structures which can be used as garages where the vehicle entrance faces the
alley or service road.
D. Lot depth.
The lot depth shall be 120 feet, except for lots platted before June 6,
1977, which have no lot depth requirement.
E. Front yard setback.
The front yard setback shall be 25 feet.
The City Building Inspector may vary this requirement to provide for
previously established building lines with right of appeal to the City Council.
F. Rear yard setbacks. The rear yard
setback shall be 1/4 of the lot depth, except for accessory buildings, which
shall be set back 3 feet from the rear lot line or 18 feet if it can be used as
a garage with the vehicle entrance facing the rear lot line. For corner lots
and irregular shaped lots the rear yard setback shall
not be less than 18 feet.
G. Floor-area-ratio. The
floor-area-ratio shall not exceed .35; which means not more than 35% of the lot
area may be used for floor areas of all buildings on the lot.
H. Height. No
structure or building shall exceed 35 feet above grade. No structure or building shall exceed 28 feet
on a lot platted before February 1, 1965. “A Frame” type houses shall have a peak no
higher than 40 feet from the grade plane.
I. Conditional Uses.
Any Conditional Use other than a townhouse, twin home or accessory
apartment shall be located at least 40 feet from the side lot line.
J. Site Plan. With the
exception of one-family detached dwellings, all other structures shall require
site plan approval pursuant to Section 10.06A of this Chapter.
Subdivision 5. Signs in a Residential District. Signs may be erected only in accord with Section 10.16 of this Chapter 10.
Subdivision 6.
Off-Street Parking.
A. 2 parking spaces per single family unit
are required with 1 additional off-street parking space per room for a boarder
or person other than a family member.
B. Parking spaces must be set back from
adjoining property lines by a minimum of 18 inches.
Subdivision 7. Fences.
A. Fence Height:
1. Fences shall be limited to 4 feet in height
from the front of the dwelling to the front property line and shall be
ornamental or picket style. Ornamental fences shall include fences constructed
of aluminum, wrought iron or steel.
2. Fences shall be limited in height to 8 feet
from the front of the dwelling to the rear yard setback.
3. Chain link fences may
not exceed 4 feet except in public parks when used in relation to athletic
fields.
B.
Fence Location:
1. Fences may be
constructed up to, but not on the property line, except a 3
foot setback is required from an alley right-of-way.
2. The framing side of
wooden and plastic/vinyl fences shall face inward rather than outward.
3. On corner lots,
fences may not be placed within 15 feet of the edge of the roadway or on public
right-of-way, whichever is greater.
C.
Fence Materials:
1. Fence must be
constructed of lumber, iron, maintenance free type material such as
vinyl/plastic, or rust free chain link. Maintenance
free type material shall include vinyl, plastic, wrought iron, aluminum, steel,
and rust resistant chain link.
2. The following
materials are prohibited for fences:
a.
Barbed
wire and electrical fences
b.
Razor
wire
c.
Creosote
lumber
d.
Masonry,
except when less than 30 inches in height
e.
Chicken
wire
f.
Deer
fencing
g.
Woven
or welded wire
h.
Plastic
webbing, except when used for temporary traffics, police or erosion control.
D.
Construction and Maintenance:
1. All wood fences,
other than those constructed out of redwood or cedar,
shall be sealed, stained, or painted upon completion of construction and all
wood fences routinely thereafter.
2. Every fence shall be
maintained in a condition of reasonable repair and shall not be allowed to
become and remain in a condition of disrepair or danger, or constitute a
nuisance. Any such fence, which is, or has become dangerous to the public
safety, health, or welfare, is a public nuisance and shall be removed or
repaired. Any fence shall be a public nuisance of it does not comply with the
following requirements:
a. The fence shall be
firmly fastened and anchored in order that it is not leaning or otherwise in
the stage of collapse.
b. The fence shall be
free from deterioration, loose or rotting pieces, or holes, breaks, or gaps not
otherwise intended in the original design of the fence.
c. The fence shall be
free from any defects or conditions which makes the fence hazardous.
d. No fence section
shall have peeling, cracked, chipped or otherwise deteriorated surface finish,
including but not limited to paint or protective covering or treatment on more
than twenty (20) percent of any one linear ten-foot section of the fence.
E. Non Conforming
Fences
Fences
that are non-conforming in any way shall not be reconstructed unless they are
made conforming.
Subdivision 8 Restricted
Accessory Uses.
A. Portable Storage Containers. Portable
storage containers shall not remain on a residential property for more than 30
days. If such container is to be used
for a prolonged period of time, due to construction or other extraordinary
circumstances, residents may request an extension from the City Administrator.
New Construction projects are exempt for the time that they have a valid
building permit.
SECTION 10.09 TWO
FAMILY RESIDENCE DISTRICT, R-2.
Subdivision 1. Permitted Uses. The following are permitted uses in an R-2,
Two-Family District:
A. One-family detached dwellings,
including earth sheltered homes and one-family manufactured homes built in
conformance with Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 327.31-24, provided the following
design standards are met to ensure a favorable comparison with existing
housing:
1.
Permanent, concrete or treated-wood foundations with basements
which will anchor the structure.
2.
Roof lines must have at least a 3/12 pitch; flat or shed-type
roofs are not permitted.
3.
The minimum dimension of any exterior wall shall be 24 feet.
4.
Metal siding is permitted with no exposed fasteners and
overlapping in sections not wider than 16 inches. Sheet metal siding is not permitted.
5.
The connection to city utilities is required, with no exterior
fuel tanks.
6. All building permits for new single family homes and homes that are moved onto an
existing single family lot shall be accompanied by a certificate of survey
which shall include the items detailed in Section A below.
A. Certificate
of Survey Requirements:
1.
Two 11 x 17 Certificate of Survey copies
2.
Scale of drawing, north arrow, and property legal description, PIN
and address
3.
Names of all abutting streets, dimensions of all lot lines, and
easements of record
4.
Date of survey completion and Land Surveyor license number and
signature
5.
Location of proposed and all existing structures on property
including house, garage, driveways, sheds, decks, and locations of curb and
gutters
6.
Location of primary structure/house on adjacent properties
7.
If applicable, identification of all floodplain areas and 100-year
flood elevations with locations and boundaries of all delineated wetlands, with
high water level elevations of all ponds, lakes, or other water areas on
property or adjacent to property
8.
Dimensions of existing and proposed house, garage, sheds,
driveways, decks
9.
Elevations of lot, lot corners, house, garage, driveway, decks
10. Elevations
of top of garage floor, top of basement floor, and top of block elevation
11. Elevations
of first floor and top of garage floor of primary structures/houses on adjacent
properties (vacant adjacent properties shall be labeled as such)
12. Benchmark
locations and elevations
13. Building
setbacks (front, rear, and all sides) to all property lines and adjacent
structures of all proposed structures
14. Percent
of impervious surface on property
15. Grade
of driveway
16. Drainage
information with spot elevations and drainage arrows
17. Placement
and method of erosion control, including the location of the construction rock
entrance
18. Location
of stakes as detailed in Section B, below
19. Additional
information as requested and evaluated by City staff
B. Residential Staking Requirements:
1.
All stakes shall be established by a registered and currently
licensed land surveyor and shall be placed at the following locations:
a. Along
each side property line at the front building line; and, rear building line.
b. Near
the front of the building excavation indicating the proposed elevation of the
top of the building foundation.
c. On the
side yard setback lines if the proposed structure will be located on or within
one (1) foot of a side yard setback line.
2.
The maintenance of these stakes, once established by the surveyor,
shall be the responsibility of the building permit applicant.
3.
Placement of stakes shall be reviewed by the Building Department
as part of the footing inspection.
B. A state licensed residential facility
serving 6 or fewer persons, a licensed day care facility serving 12 or fewer
persons, or a group family day care facility licensed under Minnesota Rules
Parts 9502.0315 to 9502.0445 to serve 14 or fewer children, except that a
residential facility whose primary purpose is to treat juveniles who have
violated criminal statutes relating to sex offenses or have been adjudicated
delinquent on the basis of conduct in violation of criminal statutes relating
to sex offenses shall not be considered a permitted use, as required by
Minnesota Statutes Chapter 462.357 Subdivision 7, as amended from time to time.
C. The temporary use of a one-family
dwelling as a two-family dwelling after the granting of a variance in
accordance with Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 462.357, Subdivision 6. 2.
D. Two-family
dwellings.
F.
Townhouses with less than 4 dwelling units and
twin homes.
G.
Religious institutions such as churches, chapels,
temples and synagogues, and mortuaries.
Subdivision 2. Permitted
Accessory Uses. The following are
permitted accessory uses in an R-2, Two
Family District:
A. Private garages less than 900 square
feet in area and not higher than 15 feet when detached, provided that the
exterior covering materials on the roof and side walls are the same or similar
to the roof and side wall materials on the principal structure.
B. Storage
buildings, not higher than then 15 feet, used for the storage of domestic
supplies and equipment owned/leased by the occupants of the principal structure
and having a floor area of less than 120 square feet. Hoop/Tubular Frame
Buildings shall not be permitted as a storage building or for any other use
within any residential district within the City.
C. Private
conservatories for plants and flowers (not including the sale thereof). Not to
exceed 150 square feet in area and not higher than 8 feet for Hoop/Tubular
Frame buildings. Not to exceed 150 feet in area and not higher than 12 feet for
all other style buildings
D. Not more than 2 lodging rooms provided
the dwelling is owner-occupied.
E. Off-street parking and loading as
required under Subdivision 6 of this Section.
F. Customary, incidental home occupations
meeting the following requirements:
1. Permitted home
occupations shall not be conducted in any building on the premises other than
the building which is used by the occupant as the private dwelling; further,
not more than one room may be used for such home occupation purposes.
2. Permitted home
occupations shall not include the employment of any persons not residing on the
premises nor the use of mechanical equipment (excluding computer equipment and
related printers), and further, shall not include exterior display of signs
except as permitted by Section 10.16 of this Chapter.
3. There shall be
no exterior storage of equipment or materials used in permitted home
occupations.
4. Permitted home
occupations shall not include any of the following:
a.
More
than 1 office for a resident professional or business activity.
b.
The
operation of any wholesale or retail business unless it is conducted entirely
by mail and does not include the sale, shipment or delivery of merchandise to
or from the premises.
c.
More
than 1 chair barber shops or more than 1 chair beauty salons, dancing or music
lessons with more than 6 pupils at a time.
G. Private swimming pools with fences that
prohibit unauthorized entry. For an in-ground pool, an automatic pool cover can
be used in lieu of fencing requirements provided it is certified and complies
with ASTM (American Society of Testing and Materials) F1346-91 standard, or
successor standard.
H. Kennels, used to house pets owned by
the occupants of the principal structure, located no further than 15 feet from
the principal structure and no closer
than 10 feet from any adjoining property lot line.
I. Satellite dishes no greater than one
meter (39.37 inches) in diameter.
J. Moving or garage sales not held more
than 2 times per calendar year for periods of a maximum of 3 days.
K. Non-commercial towers supporting
private television antennas.
L. Rooftop Solar Panels providing they do
not create glare for neighboring properties or the public right of way.
Subdivision 3. Uses by Conditional Permits (See also
Section 10.17). The following uses are subject to a Conditional Use Permit in
an R-2, Two Family District:
A. Home
occupations as defined by this Chapter 10, which do not conform to Subdivision
2. F. of this Section will be required to apply for a Conditional Use Permit if
new, or upon the sale of the property, if existing.
B. The deposit or
removal of debris, dirt, or fill (not including the extraction or mining of
rock, minerals, gravel or sand for resale purposes or the deposit of domestic,
commercial, industrial, or toxic waste, hazardous substances, or compost) over
30 cubic yards. Said Conditional Use
shall require a finished grading plan which will not adversely affect the
development of the surrounding land.
Upon the issuance of the Conditional Use Permit, the applicant shall
enter into an agreement with the City, properly secured by a performance bond
guaranteeing that the affected property shall be left in a satisfactory
condition as shown on said plan.
C. Publicly owned
structures such as, but not limited to, city offices, public safety buildings,
historical buildings, and primary and secondary schools accredited by the State
Department of Education.
D. Public or
private utility service structures designed and used to serve the families in
the surrounding area such as electrical power substations, telephone buildings,
deep wells, elevated tanks and similar structures and uses.
E. Solar energy
apparatus and satellite dishes exceeding one meter (39.37 inches) in diameter,
provided they will not cast shadows and obstruct solar access or cause wind
deflection to a contiguous property, and, provided also that when constructed,
the height of the apparatus is not greater than the distance to existing or
probable structures on contiguous property in the event it would fall. This part
excludes rooftop solar.
F. Temporary
buildings during periods of construction of principal structures.
G. Townhouses
with 4 or more dwelling units.
H. A state
licensed residential facility serving from 7 through 16 persons or a licensed
day care facility serving from 13 through 16 persons, as allowed by Minnesota
Statutes Chapter 462.357 Subdivision 8.
I. Towers
supporting amateur radio antennas when located in the rear yard.
J. Towers
supporting commercial antennas, conforming with Section 10.15A of this
Ordinance, and limited to the following:
1. Church sites, when camouflaged as
steeples or bell towers;
2. On government, school and institutional
buildings.
Subdivision 4. Area,
Height, Frontage and Yard Requirements.
The following minimum requirements shall be observed on all lots:
A. Lot
Area. The lot area shall be at least
11,500 square feet, except lots platted before February 1, 1965 have no lot
area requirement and lots platted between February 1, 1965 and shall be at
least 10,000 square feet.
B. Lot width. The lot width
shall be a minimum of 85 feet at established building line and 50 feet at the
front lot line, except lots platted before February 1, 1965 shall have no lot
width requirement and lots platted between February 1, 1965 and July 21, 1997
shall be a minimum of 75 feet at the established building line and 50 feet at
the front lot line.
C. Corner Lots.
Corner lots shall be at least 80 feet wide, except corner lots platted
before June 6, 1977 have no width requirement and corner lots platted between
June 6, 1977 and shall be at least 75 feet wide.
D. Side yard setback.
The side yard setback for lots platted prior to June 6, 1977, is 5 feet,
and for lots platted after June 6, 1977 the side yard setback is 10 feet,
except that:
1. The side yard
setback on all corner lots shall be 10 feet;
2. There may be a
5 foot setback adjacent to any portion of an attached
non-occupied garage;
3. There may be a
5 foot setback for any accessory building on the lot;
4. The side yard
setback for decks shall be five feet; or
5. Where the
property is served by an alley or service road the setback shall be 18 feet for
structures which can be used as garages where the vehicle entrance faces the
alley or service road.
E. Lot depth. The lot depth
shall be 120 feet, except for lots platted before June 6, 1977, which have no
lot depth requirement.
F. Front yard setback.
The front yard setback shall be 25 feet.
The City Building Inspector may vary this requirement to provide for
previously established building lines with right of appeal to the City
Council.
G. Rear yard setback. The rear yard
setback shall be 1/4 of the lot depth, except for accessory buildings, which
shall be set back 3 feet from the rear lot line or 18 feet for garages with the
vehicle entrance facing the rear lot line.
For corner lots and irregular shaped lots, the rear yard setback shall
not be less than 18 feet.
H. Floor-area-ratio. The
floor-area-ratio shall not exceed .35; which means not more than 35% of the lot
area may be used for floor areas of all buildings on the lot.
I. Height. No structure
shall exceed 35 feet above grade. On
lots platted before February 1, 1965, no structure shall exceed 28 feet above
grade. “A Frame” type houses shall have
a peak no higher than 40 feet from the grade plane.
J. Conditional Use. Any
Conditional Use other than a multiple dwelling shall be located at least 40
feet from the side property line.
K. Site Plan. With the
exception of one-family detached dwellings, all other structures shall require
site plan approval pursuant to Section 10.06A of this Chapter.
Subdivision 5. Signs. Signs may be
erected only in accord with Section 10.16 of this Chapter 10.
Subdivision 6. Off-Street Parking.
A. One parking space per bedroom is
required with a minimum of 2 parking spaces per dwelling unit.
B. Parking spaces must be set back from
adjoining property lines by a minimum of 18 inches.
Subdivision 7. Fences.
A. Fence Height:
1. Fences shall be limited to 4 feet in height
from the front of the dwelling to the front property line and shall be
ornamental or picket style. Ornamental fences shall include fences constructed
of aluminum, wrought iron or steel.
2. Fences shall be limited in height to 8 feet
from the front of the dwelling to the rear yard setback.
3. Chain link fences may
not exceed 4 feet except in public parks when used in relation to athletic
fields.
B.
Fence Location:
1. Fences may be
constructed up to, but not on the property line, except a 3
foot setback is required from an alley right-of-way.
2. The framing side of
wooden and plastic/vinyl fences shall face inward rather than outward.
3. On corner lots,
fences may not be placed within 15 feet of the edge of the roadway or on public
right-of-way, whichever is greater.
C.
Fence Materials:
1. Fence must be
constructed of lumber, iron, maintenance free type material such as
vinyl/plastic, or rust free chain link. Maintenance
free type material shall include vinyl, plastic, wrought iron, aluminum, steel,
and rust resistant chain link.
2. The following
materials are prohibited for fences:
a.
Barbed
wire and electrical fences
b.
Razor
wire
c.
Creosote
lumber
d.
Masonry,
except when less than 30 inches in height
e.
Chicken
wire
f.
Deer
fencing
g.
Woven
or welded wire
h.
Plastic
webbing, except when used for temporary traffics, police or erosion control.
D.
Construction and Maintenance:
1. All wood fences,
other than those constructed out of redwood or cedar,
shall be sealed, stained, or painted upon completion of construction and all
wood fences routinely thereafter.
2. Every fence shall be
maintained in a condition of reasonable repair and shall not be allowed to
become and remain in a condition of disrepair or danger, or constitute a
nuisance. Any such fence, which is, or has become dangerous to the public
safety, health, or welfare, is a public nuisance and shall be removed or
repaired. Any fence shall be a public nuisance of it does not comply with the
following requirements:
a. The fence
shall be firmly fastened and anchored in order that
it is not leaning or otherwise in the stage of collapse.
b. The fence
shall be free from deterioration, loose or rotting pieces, or holes, breaks, or
gaps not otherwise intended in the original design of the fence.
c. The fence
shall be free from any defects or conditions which makes the fence hazardous.
d. No fence
section shall have peeling, cracked, chipped or otherwise deteriorated surface
finish, including but not limited to paint or protective covering or treatment on more than
twenty (20) percent of any one linear ten-foot
section of the fence.
E. Non Conforming
Fences
Fences
that are non-conforming in any way shall not be reconstructed unless they are
made conforming.
Subdivision 8. Snow
Removal. After an
official snowfall of three (3) inches or more, property owners have 36 hours to
clear their parking stalls. Property owners shall be allowed to pile snow
on a portion of their parking lots so long as the minimum number of parking
stalls required by City ordinance is maintained. Property owners must maintain their required
minimum number of parking stalls. Any
costs of removal incurred by the City shall be assessed to the property and may
be collected in the manner of ordinary debt or in the manner of taxes and all
costs shall be assessed against the property.
This does not apply to properties with single-family detached
dwellings.
Subdivision 9. Restricted
Accessory Uses.
A. Portable Storage Containers. Portable
storage containers shall not remain on a residential property for more than 30
days. If such container is to be used
for a prolonged period of time, due to construction or other extraordinary
circumstances, residents may request an extension from the City Administrator.
New Construction projects are exempt for the time that they have a valid
building permit.
SECTION 10.10 MULTIPLE FAMILY RESIDENCE DISTRICT, R-3
Subdivision 1. Permitted
Uses. The following are permitted
uses in an R-3, Multiple Family District:
A. Apartments,
two-family dwellings and single-family dwellings.
B. Townhouses and
Condominiums.
C. Religious
institutions such as churches, chapels, temples and synagogues, and mortuaries.
Subdivision 2. Permitted
Accessory Uses. The following are
permitted accessory uses in an R-3,
Multiple Family District:
A. Private garages not greater than 300
square feet per unit in area and not higher than 15 feet when detached,
provided that the exterior covering materials on the roof and side walls are
the same or similar to the roof and side wall materials on the principal
structure.
B. Storage
buildings, not higher than then 15 feet, used for the storage of domestic
supplies and equipment owned/leased by the occupants of the principal structure
and having a floor area of less than 120 square feet. Hoop/Tubular Frame
Buildings shall not be permitted as a storage building or for any other use
within any residential district within the City.
C. Private
conservatories for plants and flowers (not including the sale thereof). Not to
exceed 150 square feet in area and not higher than 8 feet for Hoop/Tubular
Frame buildings. Not to exceed 150 feet in area and not higher than 12 feet for
all other style buildings.
D. Private swimming pools with fences that
prohibit entry by unauthorized adults and children. For an in-ground pool, an
automatic pool cover can be used in lieu of fencing requirements provided it is
certified and complies with ASTM (American Society of Testing and Materials)
F1346-91 standard, or successor standard.
E. Non-commercial towers supporting
private television antennas.
Subdivision 3. Uses by Conditional Permits (See also
Section 10.17). The following uses are subject to a Conditional Use Permit in
an R-3, Multiple Family District:
A. The deposit or removal of debris, dirt,
or fill (not including the extraction or mining of rock, minerals, gravel or
sand for resale purposes or the deposit of domestic, commercial, industrial, or
toxic waste, hazardous substances, or compost) over 30 cubic yards. Said Conditional Use shall require a finished
grading plan which will not adversely affect the development of the surrounding
land. Upon the issuance of the Conditional
Use Permit, the applicant shall enter into an agreement with the City, properly
secured by a performance bond guaranteeing that the affected property shall be
left in a satisfactory condition as shown on said plan.
B. Publicly owned structures such as, but
not limited to, city offices, public safety buildings, historical buildings,
and primary and secondary schools accredited by the State Department of
Education.
C. Public or private utility service structures
designed and used to serve the families in the surrounding area such as
electrical power substations, telephone buildings, deep wells, elevated tanks
and similar structures and uses.
D. Solar energy apparatus and satellite
dishes exceeding one meter (39.37 inches) in diameter, provided they will not
cast shadows and obstruct solar access or cause wind deflection to a contiguous
property, and, provided also that when constructed, the height of the apparatus
is not greater than the distance to existing or probable structures on
contiguous property in the event it would fall.
E. Temporary buildings during periods of
construction of principal structures.
F. Hospitals, clinics, nursing homes, and
other buildings used for the treatment of human ailments.
G. Motels and motor hotels when located on
property having access to state and federal highways.
H. Day nurseries and nursery schools.
I. Mobile
home courts and trailer parks. (See Also Section 10.15)
J. Towers supporting amateur radio
antennas when located in the rear yard.
K. Towers supporting commercial antennas,
conforming with Section 10.15A of this Ordinance, and limited to the following:
1. Church sites, when camouflaged as
steeples or bell towers;
2. On government, school and institutional
buildings.
Subdivision 4. Area,
Height, Frontage and Yard Requirements.
The following minimum requirements shall be observed on all lots.
A. Lot area. The lot area
shall be at least 13,000 square feet for the first 3 units and an additional
1,000 square feet required for each unit after 3, except for lots platted
between January 6, 1986 and July 21, 1997, the lot area shall be at least
12,000 square feet for the first 3 units and an additional 1,500 square feet
for each unit after 3, and lots platted prior to February 1, 1965 shall have no
lot area requirement.
B. Lot width. For lots
platted after June 6, 1977, the lot width shall be at least 100 feet at the
established building line and the front lot line. For lots platted between February 1, 1965 and
June 6, 1977, the lot width shall be at least 75 feet at the established
building line and 50 feet at the front lot line. There is no lot width requirement for lots
platted prior to February 1, 1965.
C. Corner Lots. Corner lots
platted after June 6, 1977, must be at least 125 feet wide. Corner lots platted between February 1, 1965
and June 6, 1977, must be at least 75 feet wide. There is no width requirement for corner lots
platted prior to February 1, 1965.
D. Side yard setback. The side yard
setback shall be 30 feet for all structures, except accessory buildings may be
5 feet from the lot line.
E. Lot depth.
The lot depth shall be 125 feet, except for lots platted before June 6,
1977, which have no lot depth requirement.
F. Front yard setback. The front yard
setback shall be 35 feet. The City
Building Inspector may vary this requirement to provide for previously
established building lines with right of appeal to the City Council.
G. Rear yard setback. The rear yard
setback shall be a minimum of 35 feet, except for accessory buildings, which
shall be set back 5 feet from the rear lot line or 18 feet for garages with the
vehicle entrance facing the rear lot line.
H. Floor-area-ratio.
For lots platted after February 1, 1965, the floor area ratio shall not
exceed .35 for R-2 uses and .60 for multiple family residences; which means not
more than 35% or 60%, respectively, of the lot area may be used for floor areas
of all buildings on the lot.
I. Height. No structure
or building shall exceed 3 stories or 40 feet in height, whichever is less. “A Frame” type houses shall have a peak no
higher than 40 feet from the grade plane.
J. Green Space.
For buildings containing 3 or more dwelling units constructed after July 21, 1997, there shall be a
minimum of 200 square feet of contiguous and useable green space, not including
setbacks, for each dwelling unit.
K. Outside Storage.
The storage of all waste, debris, recyclables and excess materials,
supplies, non-usable products or equipment shall be completely enclosed within
a structure and screened from public view.
L. Conditional Uses. Any
Conditional Use shall be located at least
40 feet from any boundary line of an R-1 or R-2 district.
M. Site
Plan. The application for a building
permit shall be accompanied by a complete site plan pursuant to Section 10.06A of this Chapter.
N. Performance Bond.
To ensure site plan improvements, including without limitation
landscaping and waste enclosures, are completed in accordance with the approved
site plan, a performance bond or other approved security in the amount deemed
sufficient by the City Council must be deposited with the City before the
issuance of a building permit for the project.
Subdivision 5. Signs. Signs may be erected only in accord with
Section 10.16 of this Chapter 10.
Subdivision
6. Off-Street
Parking.
A. 1 parking space per bedroom is required
with a minimum of 2 parking spaces for each dwelling unit.
B. Any off-street parking area containing
5 or more parking spaces must be screened from any adjacent single
family home or duplex by fencing or plantings.
C. Parking spaces shall be on the same site
as the principal building and not located within 5 feet of any street
right-of-way or 3 feet from the adjacent property line.
D. A parking space, as referred to in this
Chapter, shall be at least 9 feet wide by 18 feet long.
E. All off-street parking areas shall be
provided with a concrete or asphalt surface, adequate drainage, a snow storage
area, and if lighting is used, it shall be directed away from adjacent family
homes or duplexes.
F. No
entrance to or exit from a parking area shall be more than 24 feet in width,
and under no circumstances will off-street parking areas be designated so that
vehicles must back into the street or public way. This prohibition shall not apply to alleys.
Subdivision 7. Fences.
A. Fence
Height:
1. Fences shall be limited to 4 feet in height
from the front of the dwelling to the front property line and shall be
ornamental or picket style. Ornamental fences shall include fences constructed
of aluminum, wrought iron or steel.
2. Fences shall be limited in height to 8 feet
from the front of the dwelling to the rear yard setback.
3. Chain link fences may
not exceed 4 feet except in public parks when used in relation to athletic
fields.
B.
Fence Location:
1. Fences may be
constructed up to, but not on the property line, except a 3
foot setback is required from an alley right-of-way.
2. The framing side of
wooden and plastic/vinyl fences shall face inward rather than outward.
3. On corner lots,
fences may not be placed within 15 feet of the edge of the roadway or on public
right-of-way, whichever is greater.
C.
Fence Materials:
1. Fence must be
constructed of lumber, iron, maintenance free type material such as
vinyl/plastic, or rust free chain link. Maintenance
free type material shall include vinyl, plastic, wrought iron, aluminum, steel,
and rust resistant chain link.
2. The following
materials are prohibited for fences:
a.
Barbed
wire and electrical fences
b.
Razor
wire
c.
Creosote
lumber
d.
Masonry,
except when less than 30 inches in height
e.
Chicken
wire
f.
Deer
fencing
g.
Woven
or welded wire
h.
Plastic
webbing, except when used for temporary traffics, police or erosion control.
D.
Construction and Maintenance:
1. All wood fences,
other than those constructed out of redwood or cedar,
shall be sealed, stained, or painted upon completion of construction and all
wood fences routinely thereafter.
2. Every fence shall be
maintained in a condition of reasonable repair and shall not be allowed to
become and remain in a condition of disrepair or danger, or constitute a
nuisance. Any such fence, which is, or has become dangerous to the public
safety, health, or welfare, is a public nuisance and shall be removed or
repaired. Any fence shall be a public nuisance of it does not comply with the
following requirements:
a. The fence
shall be firmly fastened and anchored in order that
it is not leaning or otherwise in the stage of collapse.
b. The fence
shall be free from deterioration, loose or rotting pieces, or holes, breaks, or
gaps not otherwise intended in the original design of the fence.
c. The fence
shall be free from any defects or conditions which makes the fence hazardous.
d. No fence
section shall have peeling, cracked, chipped or otherwise deteriorated surface
finish, including but not limited to paint or protective covering or treatment on more than
twenty (20) percent of any one linear ten-foot
section of the fence.
E. Non Conforming
Fences
Fences
that are non-conforming in any way shall not be reconstructed unless they are
made conforming.
Subdivision 8. Snow Removal.
After
an official snowfall of three (3) inches or more, property owners have 36 hours
to clear their parking stalls. Property owners shall be allowed to pile snow
on a portion of their parking lots so long as the minimum number of parking
stalls required by City ordinance is maintained. Property owners must maintain their required
minimum number of parking stalls. Any
costs of removal incurred by the City shall be assessed to the property and may
be collected in the manner of ordinary debt or in the manner of taxes and all
costs shall be assessed against the property.
This does not apply to properties with single-family detached
dwellings.
Subdivision 9. Restricted
Accessory Uses.
A. Portable Storage Containers. Portable
storage containers shall not remain on a residential property for more than 30
days. If such container is to be used
for a prolonged period of time, due to construction or other extraordinary
circumstances, residents may request an extension from the City Administrator.
New Construction projects are exempt for the time that they have a valid
building permit.
SECTION 10.10A SUPPORTIVE CARE DISTRICT, R-4
Subdivision
1. Permitted Uses.
Subdivision 2. Permitted Accessory Uses. The following are permitted accessory
uses in an R-4, Supportive Care District:
A. The following uses provided they are
contained within the principal structure and the total building area dedicated
to all such uses in the structure is less than 10% of the total area of the
structure:
1.
Barber and beauty shops.
2.
Chapels.
3.
Drug and convenience stores.
4.
Laundry drop off and self service laundry.
5.
Indoor health clubs and recreation facilities.
6.
Management Office.
B. Private garages, not greater than 300
square feet in area for each dwelling unit (or lodging room) and not higher
than 15 feet when detached, provided the exterior covering materials on the
roof and side walls are the same or similar to the roof and side wall covering
materials on the principal structure.
C. One detached storage building per
principal structure, not higher than 15 feet and which is used for the storage
of supplies and equipment for the principal use, and having a floor area of not
more than 10% of the total floor area of the principal structure.
D. Private conservatories for plants and
flowers (not including the sale thereof).
E. Swimming pools (fenced to prohibit
unauthorized entry. For an in-ground pool, an automatic pool cover can be used
in lieu of fencing requirements provided it is certified and complies with ASTM
(American Society of Testing and Materials) F1346-91 standard, or successor
standard), tennis courts, and other outdoor social and recreational areas none
of which may involve the use or construction of additional structures.
F. Non-commercial towers supporting
private television antennas.
Subdivision
3. Conditional Uses.
Subdivision 4. Area, Height, Frontage, and Yard Requirements. The following requirements shall be observed:
A. Lot
Area. For apartments and lodging
facilities the lot area shall be 13,000 square feet for the first 3 units (or
lodging rooms, if applicable) and an additional 1,000 square feet required for
each unit (room) after 3.
B. Lot
width. For townhouses and two family dwellings, the lot width shall be a minimum of 45
feet per dwelling unit at the established building line and the lot line. For apartments and lodging facilities, the
lot width shall be 100 feet at the established building line and the front lot
line.
C. Corner
Lots. Corner lots shall be 125 feet
wide.
D. Side
yard setback. The side yard setback
shall be 30 feet for all structures, except accessory buildings may be 5 feet
from the lot line.
E. Lot
depth. The lot depth shall be 120
feet.
F. Front
yard setback. The front yard setback
shall be 25 feet for townhouses and two family
dwellings and 35 feet for apartments and lodging facilities. The City Building Inspector may vary this
requirement to provide for previously established building lines with right of
appeal to the City Council.
G. Rear
yard setback. The rear yard setback
shall be a minimum of 1/4 of the lot depth or 35 feet, whichever is less,
except for accessory buildings, which shall be set back 5 feet from the rear
lot line or 18 feet for garages with the vehicle entrances facing the rear lot
line.
H. Floor-area-ratio. The floor area ratio shall be .35 for
townhouses and two family dwellings and .60 for
apartments and lodging facilities; which means not more than 35% or 60%,
respectively, may be used for floor areas of all buildings on the lot.
I. Height. No structure or building shall exceed 35
feet above grade.
J. Green
Space. For buildings containing 3 or
more dwelling units (or lodging rooms) there shall be a minimum of 200 square
feet, not including setbacks, of contiguous and useable green space for each
dwelling unit (or lodging room).
Subdivision
5. Signs.
Signs may be erected only in accord with Section 10.16 of this
Chapter 10 and will be regulated in the same manner as R-3 Districts.
Subdivision
6.
Performance
Standards
A.
All facilities shall meet all federal, state and
local regulatory requirements including, but not limited to, licensing, health,
safety and building code requirements.
All licensed facilities shall provide proof of licensure before the
issuance of a certificate of occupancy.
B.
At the time of site plan or conditional use permit
application, applicants may request that the City Council consider reducing the
parking requirements of this Subdivision 6.
In determining whether to reduce the number of required parking spaces,
the City Council may consider factors affecting the need for parking spaces
based on the specific use and needs of the residents including, without limitation, the likelihood
that residents will maintain vehicles at the facility; the proximity of the
facility to bus lines; the likelihood that residents will use bus lines or
other group transportation for their daily activities; and the feasibility of
creating future on-site parking at the facility in the event of a change in use
of the facility.
C.
Licensed and Unlicensed Community Residential
Facilities shall have one parking space for each Dwelling Unit or Lodging Room,
plus one parking space for each employee on the largest shift.
D.
Assisted Living, Housing For
Elderly Persons facilities and Nursing Home/Adult Care Home facilities shall
have one-half parking space for each Dwelling Unit or Lodging Room, plus one
parking space for each employee on the largest shift
E.
Parking spaces shall be on the same site as the
principal structure and not located within five feet of any street right-of-way
or three feet from the adjacent property line.
A parking space shall be at least 9 feet wide by 18 feet long. Parking may be included on a level below
ground.
F.
All off-street parking areas shall be provided
with a concrete or asphalt surface or other material acceptable to the City
Building Inspector and the City Engineer, and shall provide for adequate
drainage.
G.
No entrance to or exit from a parking area shall
be more than 24 feet in width, and under no circumstances will off-street
parking areas be designed so that vehicles must back into the street or public
way. This prohibition shall not apply to
alleys.
H.
A minimum landscaped buffer area of 20 feet in
width shall separate any parking, driveway or structure from any lot line
common with any residential district by use of vegetation designed so as to not
obscure the view which may cause a danger to pedestrian or vehicular
traffic. Vegetation shall be of adequate
size to provide sufficient screening on the date of planting.
I.
Exterior light poles, light fixtures, or other
light sources shall be effectively contained within the development and shall
not cause glare or light spillover to any adjacent property.
J.
All structures shall be architecturally designed
to blend in with the surrounding environment.
Subdivision 7. Fences.
A. Fence Height:
1. Fences shall be limited to 4 feet in height
from the front of the dwelling to the front property line and shall be
ornamental or picket style. Ornamental fences shall include fences constructed
of aluminum, wrought iron or steel.
2. Fences shall be limited in height to 8 feet
from the front of the dwelling to the rear yard setback.
3. Chain link fences may
not exceed 4 feet except in public parks when used in relation to athletic
fields.
B.
Fence Location:
1. Fences may be
constructed up to, but not on the property line, except a 3
foot setback is required from an alley right-of-way.
2. The framing side of
wooden and plastic/vinyl fences shall face inward rather than outward.
3. On corner lots,
fences may not be placed within 15 feet of the edge of the roadway or on public
right-of-way, whichever is greater.
C.
Fence Materials:
1. Fence must be
constructed of lumber, iron, maintenance free type material such as
vinyl/plastic, or rust free chain link. Maintenance
free type material shall include vinyl, plastic, wrought iron, aluminum, steel,
and rust resistant chain link.
2. The following
materials are prohibited for fences:
a.
Barbed
wire and electrical fences
b.
Razor
wire
c.
Creosote
lumber
d.
Masonry,
except when less than 30 inches in height
e.
Chicken
wire
f.
Deer
fencing
g.
Woven
or welded wire
h.
Plastic
webbing, except when used for temporary traffics, police or erosion control.
D.
Construction and Maintenance:
1. All wood fences,
other than those constructed out of redwood or cedar,
shall be sealed, stained, or painted upon completion of construction and all
wood fences routinely thereafter.
2. Every fence shall be
maintained in a condition of reasonable repair and shall not be allowed to
become and remain in a condition of disrepair or danger, or constitute a
nuisance. Any such fence, which is, or has become dangerous to the public
safety, health, or welfare, is a public nuisance and shall be removed or
repaired. Any fence shall be a public nuisance of it does not comply with the
following requirements:
a. The fence
shall be firmly fastened and anchored in order that
it is not leaning or otherwise in the stage of collapse.
b. The fence
shall be free from deterioration, loose or rotting pieces, or holes, breaks, or
gaps not otherwise intended in the original design of the fence.
c. The fence
shall be free from any defects or conditions which makes the fence hazardous.
d. No fence
section shall have peeling, cracked, chipped or otherwise deteriorated surface
finish, including but not limited to paint or protective covering or treatment on more than
twenty (20) percent of any one linear ten-foot
section of the fence.
E. Non Conforming
Fences
Fences
that are non-conforming in any way shall not be reconstructed unless they are
made conforming.
Subdivision 8. Outside Storage. The storage of all waste, recyclables,
debris, supplies and equipment shall be completely enclosed within a structure
and screened from public view.
Subdivision 9. Site
Plan Review. An application
for a building permit for property located within an R-4 District shall be
accompanied by a complete site plan pursuant to Section 10.06A of this Chapter.
Subdivision 10. Performance Bond. To ensure site plan improvements, including,
without limitation, landscaping and waste enclosures, are completed in accord
with the site plan approved by the City Council, a development agreement and a
performance bond or other security in an amount deemed sufficient by the
Council shall be provided to the City before the issuance of a building permit.
Subdivision 11. Snow Removal. After an official snowfall of three
(3) inches or more, property owners have 36 hours to clear their parking
stalls. Property owners shall be allowed to pile snow on a portion of their
parking lots so long as the minimum number of parking stalls required by City
ordinance is maintained. Property owners
must maintain their required minimum number of parking stalls. Any costs of removal incurred by the
City shall be assessed to the property and may be collected in the manner of
ordinary debt or in the manner of taxes and all costs shall be assessed against
the property. This does not apply to
properties with single-family detached dwellings.
Subdivision 12. Restricted
Accessory Uses.
A. Portable Storage Containers. Portable
storage containers shall not remain on a residential property for more than 30
days. If such container is to be used
for a prolonged period of time, due to construction or other extraordinary
circumstances, residents may request an extension from the City Administrator.
New Construction projects are exempt for the time that they have a valid
building permit.
SECTION 10.11 LIMITED COMMERCIAL DISTRICT, C-1.
Subdivision 1. Permitted
Uses. The following are permitted
uses in a C-1 Limited Commercial District.
A. Office buildings, office complexes,
offices or studios of business, professional and service occupations such as an
accountant, broker, engineer, insurance adjuster, interior decorator, lawyer,
physician, (including medical and dental clinics and laboratories),
photographer, realtor and chiropractor.
B. Funeral
Homes.
Subdivision 2. Permitted
Accessory Uses. The following are
permitted accessory uses in a C-1, Limited Commercial District:
A. Garages, not higher than 15 feet,
provided that the exterior covering materials on the roof and side walls are
the same or similar to the roof and side wall materials on the principal
structure.
B. Storage buildings, not higher than 15
feet, used by the occupants of the principal structure and having a floor area
of less than 120 square feet.
C. Apartments or dwelling units as an
accessory use to the principal structure.
Subdivision 3. Uses by
Conditional Permits. The following
uses are subject to a Conditional Use Permit in a C-1, Limited Commercial District:
A. The
deposit or removal of debris, dirt, or fill (not including the extraction or
mining of rock, minerals, gravel or sand for resale purposes or the deposit of
domestic, commercial, industrial, toxic wastes, hazardous substances, or
compost) over 30 cubic yards. Said
Conditional Use shall require a finished grading plan which will not adversely
affect the development of the surrounding land.
Upon the issuance of the Conditional Use Permit, the applicant shall
enter into an agreement with the City, properly secured by a performance bond,
guaranteeing that the affected property shall be left in a satisfactory
condition as shown on said plan.
B. Service establishments such as barber
or beauty shops, laundries, radio and TV repair, dry cleaning, or furniture
repairing shops where not more than 3 persons are engaged in the work or
business at any one time and in which only non-explosive and nonflammable
solvents are used and no work is done on the premises for retail outlets
elsewhere.
C.
Towers that comply with Section 10.15A of this
Ordinance.
D. Hotels and
Motels
E. Churches,
chapels, temples, and synagogues.
F. Commercial
Child Care Facility provided that:
1.
The structure and operation are in compliance with
State of Minnesota Department of Human Services regulations and shall be
licensed accordingly meeting all State licensing requirements pursuant to
Minnesota Statutes 245A.02 and 245A.11, as amended.
2.
The City may increase the required lot size in those
cases where such an increase is considered necessary to ensure compatibility of
activities and maintain the public health, safety and general welfare.
3.
The facility has adequate City sewer and water
services to protect the health and safety of all persons who occupy the
facility.
4.
All signage is in compliance with Section 10.16 of
this Ordinance.
5.
The facility shall provide screening along the
shared boundary where outdoor play areas abut commercial or industrial uses or
zones, or public right-of-way.
6.
The facility has two (2) parking spaces per employee
on largest shift; in addition, three (3) parking spaces must be provided solely
for the loading and unloading of children.
Loading and unloading spaces must be clearly marked.
7.
Loading and unloading areas are located so that
children do not cross traffic to reach the facility. The loading and unloading
areas must be designed to minimize interference with traffic and promote safety
of the children.
8.
Required parking
areas are maintained and shall not be encroached upon by refuse containers,
signs or other structures, nor used for the parking of equipment or storage of
goods.
9.
Parking is located separately from any outdoor play
area.
10.
Parking areas are screened from view of surrounding
and abutting residential uses.
Subdivision 4. Area,
Height, Frontage and Yard Requirements.
The following minimum requirements shall be observed on all lots:
A. Lot
area. The lot area shall be at least
12,000 square feet.
B. Side
yard setback. The interior side yard
setback shall be 10 feet. When bordering
upon property in the R-1 or R-2 District, the interior side yard setback shall
be 25 feet. The side yard area shall not
be used for parking if bordering upon R-1 or R-2 property.
C. Street
side yard setback. The street side
yard setback shall be 10 feet.
D. Front
yard setback. The front yard setback
shall be 25 feet.
E. Rear
yard setback. The rear yard setback
shall be 1/4 of the lot depth. No rear
yard bordering upon or adjacent to an R-1 or R-2 district shall be used for
storage, loading, unloading or similar activities unless the area is properly
screened by plantings, walls, or fencing.
F. Floor-area-ratio. The floor-area-ratio in the C-1 District
shall not exceed .75; which means not more than 75% of the lot area may be used
for floor areas of all buildings on the lot.
G. Height. No structure or building shall exceed 28
feet in height.
H. Site
plan. The application for a building
permit shall be accompanied by a complete site plan prepared by a qualified and
licensed civil engineer showing the proposed use of the property. The plan shall show enclosed waste disposal,
utilities, drainage, ingress and egress, parking, landscaping, screening, snow
storage areas, and other pertinent data.
Distances to surrounding buildings must also be shown on the plan. The applicant shall submit these plans to the
Planning Commission for consideration and recommendation. In any event, no building permit shall be
issued for any construction until authorized by a majority vote of the Council.
Subdivision 5. Signs. Signs
may be erected only in accord with Section 10.16 of this Chapter 10.
Subdivision 6. Off-Street Parking.
A. For C-1 uses, 1 parking space for every
250 feet of gross floor area is required, except religious institutions,
including churches chapels, temples and synagogues shall have the greater of 1
space for every 250 feet of gross floor area or 1 space for every 3 seats.
B. Any off-street parking area containing
5 or more parking spaces must be screened from any adjacent single
family home or duplex by fencing or plantings.
C. Parking spaces shall be on the same site
as the principal building and not located within 5 feet of any street
right-of-way or 3 feet from the adjacent property line.
D. A parking space, as referred to in this
Chapter, shall be at least 9 feet wide by 18 feet long.
E. All off-street parking areas shall be
provided with a concrete or asphalt surface, adequate drainage and snow
storage, and if lighting is used, it shall be directed away from adjacent
family homes or duplexes.
F. No entrance to or exit from a parking
area shall be more than 24 feet in width, and under no circumstances, will
off-street parking areas be designed so that vehicles must back into the street
or public way. This prohibition shall
not apply to alleys.
Subdivision 7. Outside Storage. The storage of all waste, debris,
recyclables, and excess materials, supplies, non usable products or equipment
shall be completely enclosed within a structure or fence and screened from
public view.
Subdivision 8. Fences. Fences
shall be limited to 4 feet in height from the front of the dwelling to the
front property line and 8 feet in height from the front of the dwelling to the
rear yard setback for fences. Fences may
be constructed on the property line, except a 3 foot
setback is required from an alley right-of-way.
On corner lots, fences may not be placed within 15 feet of the edge of
the roadway or on public right-of-way, whichever is greater.
Subdivision 9. Snow Removal.
After
an official snowfall of three (3) inches or more, property owners have 36 hours
to clear their parking stalls. Property owners shall be allowed to pile snow
on a portion of their parking lots so long as the minimum number of parking
stalls required by City ordinance is maintained. Property owners must maintain their required
minimum number of parking stalls. Any
costs of removal incurred by the City shall be assessed to the property and may
be collected in the manner of ordinary debt or in the manner of taxes and all
costs shall be assessed against the property.
This does not apply to properties with single-family detached
dwellings.
Subdivision
10. Performance Standards.
A. Metal Roofing. All metal roofs must:
1.
Have an Energy Star rating (list available at www.energystar.gov)
2.
Be 26 or 24 gauge steel
3.
Be standing-seam profiled metal
4.
Have a corrosion resistant coating such as zinc,
aluminum, alloys of zinc-aluminum, or tin if the material is galvanized steel,
aluminized steel, zinc-aluminum-coated steel or terne-coated steel
5.
Have concealed fasteners
6.
If painted, have at least a 20
year paint warranty
Subdivision 11. Site
Plan. An application for a building
permit for property located within a C-1 District shall be accompanied by a
complete site plan pursuant to Section 10.06A of
this Chapter.
SECTION 10.12 COMMERCIAL DISTRICT, C-2
Subdivision 1. Permitted
Uses. The
following are permitted uses in a C-2, Commercial District:
A.
Office
buildings, office complexes, offices or studios of business, professional and
service occupations such as an accountant, broker, engineer, insurance
adjuster, interior decorator, lawyer, physician, (including medical and dental
clinics and laboratories), photographer, realtor and chiropractor.
B.
Funeral
Homes.
C.
Restaurants, taverns and places of amusement and
recreation such
as bowling alleys, swimming pools, and skating rinks.
D. The
retail sale of merchandise.
E.
Convenience
stores.
F.
Small
engine sales and service, automotive sales and service, service stations, and
service garages (excluding the sale and service of trucks exceeding 2 tons gross weight). All vehicles stored outside of
roofed structures must be stored on paved or
concrete surfaces. No vehicle repairs may be undertaken outside of
roofed structures.
G.
Rental
of household appliances, household furnishings and clothing.
Subdivision 2. Permitted
Accessory Uses. The
following are permitted accessory uses in a C-2,
Commercial District:
A.
Apartments
or dwelling units as an accessory use to the principal structure.
B.
Storage
buildings, not higher than 15 feet,
used by the occupants of the principal structure and having a floor area of
less than 120 square feet.
C.
Private
garages, not higher than 15 feet, provided the exterior covering materials on the roof and side walls are the same or similar
to the roof and side wall materials on the principal structure.
D.
Hoop/Tubular
Frame Buildings. All buildings shall require a permit from the Zoning
Administrator which shall be valid for 90 days. The permit may establish
conditions relating to the Hoop/Tubular Frame Building, including, but not
limited to, hours of operation, building size, location on the property,
signage, and additional parking requirements.
Permits shall be issued only in
connection with the use of a principle structure on
the property. No more than two permits
per year shall be issued in connection with any principle
structure on a property. A structure
shall be considered a single principle structure for
purposes of this section regardless of whether the structure contains multiple
tenants or users.
Subdivision 3. Uses by Conditional Permits. (See
also Section 10.17). The following uses are subject to a Conditional Use
Permit in a C-2, Commercial District:
A.
The deposit or removal of
debris, dirt, or fill (not including the extraction or mining of rock,
minerals, gravel or sand for resale purposes or the deposit of domestic,
commercial, industrial, or toxic wastes, hazardous substances, or compost) over
30 cubic yards. Said Conditional Use shall require a finished grading plan
which will not adversely affect the development of the surrounding land. Upon
the issuance of the Conditional Use Permit, the applicant shall enter into an
agreement with the City, properly secured by a performance bond guaranteeing
that the affected property shall be left in a satisfactory condition as shown
on said plan.
B.
Veterinary clinics and small
animal hospitals.
C.
Rental of equipment and tools.
D.
Towers that comply with
Section l0.15A of this Ordinance.
E.
Hotels and motels.
F.
Churches, chapels, temples,
and synagogues.
G.
All site plans indicated
Structures or Structural Alterations over 50,000 square feet.
H.
Permanent Hoop/Tubular Frame
buildings for the retail sale of merchandise in connection with Horticulture
and Landscaping uses only.
I.
Commercial Child Care Facility
provided that:
1.
The structure and operation are in compliance with State
of Minnesota Department of Human Services regulations and shall be licensed
accordingly meeting all State licensing requirements pursuant to Minnesota
Statutes 245A.02 and 245A.11, as amended.
2.
The City may increase the required lot size in those cases
where such an increase is considered necessary to ensure compatibility of
activities and maintain the public health, safety and general welfare.
3.
The facility has adequate City sewer and water services to
protect the health and safety of all persons who occupy the facility.
4.
All signage is in compliance with Section 10.16 of this
Ordinance.
5.
The facility shall provide screening along the shared
boundary where outdoor play areas abut commercial or industrial uses or zones,
or public right-of-way.
6.
The facility has two (2) parking spaces per employee on
largest shift; in addition, three (3) parking spaces must be provided solely
for the loading and unloading of children.
Loading and unloading spaces must be clearly marked.
7.
Loading and unloading areas are located so that children
do not cross traffic to reach the facility. The loading and unloading areas
must be designed to minimize interference with traffic and promote safety of
the children.
8.
Required parking areas are maintained and shall not be
encroached upon by refuse containers, signs or other structures, nor used for
the parking of equipment or storage of goods.
9.
Parking is located separately from any outdoor play area.
10. Parking areas are screened from view of surrounding and abutting
residential uses.
K. Licensed
Community Residential Facility -Adjacent to 2ND Street North between
Highway 10 and Summit Avenue North and meeting the requirements of Subdivision 11. B. below.
L. Unlicensed Community Residential
Facility -Adjacent to 2ND Street North
between Highway 10 and Summit Avenue North and meeting the requirements of
Subdivision 11. B. below.
M.
Uses the City Council determines to be substantially
similar to those listed in this zoning district and not detrimental to the
City’s general health and welfare. The City Council’s determination shall be
based on the following:
1. There is a presumption
that uses not specifically listed in the ordinance are not permissible.
The presumption may be overcome by City Council finding that the unlisted
use is substantially similar to those listed in the zoning district. The applicant
has the sole burden to prove that the proposed unlisted use is substantially
similar to those listed in the zoning district.
2. The City
in reviewing such requests must determine that the proposed use is consistent
with the intent of the ordinance and the Comprehensive Plan.
3. The Planning Commission
shall make a recommendation to the City Council based on the criteria contained
within this section.
4. Upon the Planning
Commission's recommendation, City Council in its sole discretion shall make the
final determination that the above criteria are met.
5. This provision shall not
be interpreted to allow a use that is allowed as a permitted or conditional use
in another district.
Subdivision 4. Area,
Height, Frontage and Yard Requirements. The following
minimum requirements shall be observed on all lots:
A. Setbacks. As part of the site plan
review, setbacks will be established for each individual development by the
Council, upon recommendation of the Planning Commission, subject to the
following minimum standards:
1.
All yard setbacks, except front yards, shall be 25 feet
when the yard adjoins an R-1 or R-2 Residential District.
2.
No yard bordering upon an R-1 or R-2 Residential District
shall be used for storage, loading, unloading or similar activities unless
there is an additional 20 feet of yard adjacent to the lot line, properly
screened by plantings, walls, or fencing.
3.
No structure or building shall exceed 35 feet above
grade.
4.
The floor-area-ratio shall not exceed 1.00, which means
that 100% of the lot area may be used for floor areas of all buildings on the
lot.
B. Site plan. The application for a
building permit shall be accompanied by a complete site plan pursuant to
Section 10.06A of this Chapter.
Subdivision 5. Off-Street Parking and Loading.
A.
The greater of 1 parking space for every 250 square feet
of gross floor area for the first 10,000 square feet of gross floor area, then
1 space for every 400 square feet of gross floor area thereafter; or 1 space
for every 3 restaurant seats; 1 space for every 3 seats in religious
institutions such as churches, chapels, temples, and synagogues; 5 spaces for
each bowling alley lane; 1 space per motel unit or 1 space for every 2 employees, whichever is greater; 1 space for every 60 square feet of gross floor area for
taverns with dance floors and for gathering areas without seats such as dance
halls.
B.
Any off-street parking area containing 5 or more parking
spaces must
be screened from any adjacent single family home or
duplex by fencing or plantings.
C.
Parking spaces shall be on the same lot as the principal
building and not
located within 5 feet of any street right-of-way or 3 feet from the adjacent property line.
D.
A parking space, as referred to in this Chapter, shall be
at least 9 feet wide by 18 feet long.
E.
All off-street parking areas shall be provided with a
concrete or asphalt surface, adequate drainage, and, if lighting is used, it
shall be directed away from adjacent family homes or duplexes.
F.
No entrance to or exit from a parking area shall be more
than 24 feet in width, and under no circumstances will off-street parking
areas be designed so that vehicles must back into the street or public way. This prohibition shall not apply to alleys.
G.
No public or private garage in a Commercial District for
more than 5 motor vehicles shall have an entrance or exit within 30 feet of a
Residential District boundary line.
H.
In the Commercial District, 1 off-street loading and
unloading space shall be provided for each store unit having a gross floor area
of 10,000 square feet or less. 1 additional space shall be provided for each
additional 15,000 square feet of floor space.
Subdivision 6. Signs in a C-2, Commercial District.
Signs may be erected only in accord with Section 10.16 of this Chapter 10.
Subdivision 7. Outside
Storage. The storage of all waste, debris, recyclables, and excess
materials, supplies, non usable products or equipment shall be completely
enclosed within a structure or fence and screened from public view.
Subdivision 8. Fences. Fences shall be limited to 8
feet in height. Fences may be constructed on the property line, except that a 3 foot setback is required from an alley right-of-way. On
corner lots, fences may not be placed with 15 feet of the edge of the roadway
or on the public right-of-way.
Subdivision. 9. Snow Removal. After
an official snowfall of three (3) inches or more, property owners have 36 hours
to clear their parking stalls. Property owners shall be allowed to pile snow
on a portion of their parking lots so long as the minimum number of parking
stalls required by City ordinance is maintained. Property owners must maintain their required
minimum number of parking stalls. Any
costs of removal incurred by the City shall be assessed to the property and may
be collected in the manner of ordinary debt or in the manner of taxes and all
costs shall be assessed against the property.
This does not apply to properties with single-family detached
dwellings.
Subdivision 10. LEDs.
Light Emitting
Diodes (LEDs) may be used as building edge lighting in this district. This LED edge lighting shall be prohibited on
any portion of a building facing residentially zoned property. Acceptable edge lighting will be determined
by the Community Development Director.
The LEDs on a building will not count against the calculated sign square
footage unless configured as a logo, symbol, trademark, or words as determined
by the Community Development Director.
Subdivision 11. Performance
Standards.
A.
Metal Roofing. All metal roofs must:
1. Have an Energy Star rating (list available at www.energystar.gov)
2. Be 26 or 24 gauge steel
3. Be standing-seam profiled metal
4. Have a corrosion resistant coating such as zinc, aluminum, alloys of
zinc-aluminum, or tin if the material is galvanized steel, aluminized steel,
zinc-aluminum-coated steel or terne-coated steel
5. Have concealed fasteners
6. If painted, have at least a 20 year paint
warranty
B. Licensed and Unlicensed Community Residential
Facilities within the C-2 Commercial District.
These standards shall be in addition to and, where in conflict, shall
take precedence over the other standards of this Section 10.12.
1. A comprehensive Statement of Use shall be submitted with the applicant’s
Site Plan Application.
2. Facilities shall meet all federal, state and local regulatory
requirements including, but not limited to, licensing, health, safety and
building code requirements. Licensed
Community Residential Facilities shall provide proof of licensure before the
issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy.
3. At the time of site plan or conditional use permit application,
applicants may request that the City Council consider reducing the parking
requirements of this Subdivision 11. B.
In determining whether to reduce the number of required parking spaces,
the City Council may consider factors affecting the need for parking spaces
based on the specific use and needs of the residents including, without limitation, the likelihood
that residents will maintain vehicles at the facility; the proximity of the
facility to bus lines; the likelihood that residents will use bus lines or
other group transportation for their daily activities; and the feasibility of
creating future on-site parking at the facility in the event of a change in use
of the facility.
4. Licensed and Unlicensed Community Residential Facilities shall have one
parking space for each Dwelling Unit or Lodging Room, plus one parking space
for each employee on the largest shift.
5. Parking spaces shall be on the same site as the principal structure and
not located within five feet of any street right-of-way or three feet from the
adjacent property line. A parking space
shall be at least 9 feet wide by 18 feet long.
Parking may be included on a level below ground.
6. All off-street parking areas shall be provided with a concrete or asphalt
surface or other material acceptable to the City Building Inspector and the
City Engineer, and shall provide for adequate drainage.
7. No entrance to or exit from a parking area shall be more than 24 feet in
width, and under no circumstances will off-street parking areas be designed so
that vehicles must back into the street or public way. This prohibition shall not apply to alleys.
8. A minimum landscaped buffer area of 20 feet in width shall separate any
parking, driveway or structure from any lot line common with any residential
district by use of vegetation designed so as to not obscure the view which may
cause a danger to pedestrian or vehicular traffic. Vegetation shall be of adequate size to
provide sufficient screening on the date of planting.
9. Exterior light poles, light fixtures, or other light sources shall be
effectively contained within the development and shall not cause glare or light
spillover to any adjacent property.
10.
All Licensed and Unlicensed Community Residential
Facilities shall be architecturally designed to blend in with the surrounding
environment.
11.
There must be a separation of at least 1,320 feet (¼
mile) between another Licensed/Unlicensed Community Residential Facility, or a Assisted Living, Nursing Home/Adult Care Home, or Roominghouse.
SECTION 10.12A: D-1, HISTORIC
DOWNTOWN BUSINESS DISTRICT
Subdivision 1.
INTENT. It is
the intent of the D-1 District to provide for the establishment of commercial
and service activities which draw from and serve residents from the community
and its surrounding areas within the “Historic Downtown” area of the City. The intent of
the City is to preserve the “Historic Main Street”
appearance with storefronts adjacent to the sidewalks and parking in the rear
or side of the Buildings. It is also the
intent of the D-1 District to retaining the historic urban living options by
allowing mixed uses within the Downtown area of the City.
Subdivision
2: PERMITTED USES
1. Offices or studios of business,
professional and service occupations, including, but not limited to banks,
accountants, brokers, engineers, insurance agents, travel agents, lawyers,
physicians, realtors, chiropractors, and postal stations.
2. Clothing services, including
dry-cleaning and laundry establishments, laundromats, and shoe repair shops.
3. Food services including grocery stores,
fruit, vegetable and meat markets, restaurants, coffee shops, delicatessens,
candy shops, and bakeries.
4. Retail sales
and personal services including drug stores, hardware stores, stationary and bookstores, news shops, apparel shops,
showrooms for articles to be sold at retail, and flower shops.
5. Personal services including barber and
beauty shops, salons, tanning salons, and photographic shops.
6. Governmental
and public utility Buildings and structures.
7. Recreational
services including theaters and bowling lanes.
8. Taverns,
bars, service clubs and lodges.
9. Medical
clinics and other Buildings for the treatment of human beings.
10.
Post
Secondary Educational Facilities/branches.
11. Single Family Homes and Duplexes in Block
31, Original Town of Sauk Rapids, and also bordered between 3rd
Street North and 3rd St. South and the East ½ of block bordered by 2nd
and 3rd Avenues North and South (See Map). Refer to Subdivision 15
for additional requirements.
Subdivision
3: PERMITTED ACCESSORY USES
1. Commercial or business Buildings for a
use accessory to the principal use (located in the rear of the principal
structure).
2. Accessory apartments containing not
more than two (2) dwelling units per Building, when located above retail,
office or other storefront Buildings.
3. Fences
as regulated by this Ordinance.
4. Off-street
parking and loading areas as regulated by this Ordinance.
5.
Signs
as regulated by this Ordinance.
6. Outdoor
retail sales.
7. Hoop/Tubular Frame Buildings. All
buildings shall require a permit from the Zoning Administrator which shall be
valid for 90 days. The permit may establish conditions relating to the
Hoop/Tubular Frame Building, including, but not limited to, hours of operation,
building size, location on the property, signage, and additional parking
requirements.
Permits shall be issued only in
connection with the use of a principle structure on
the property. No more than two permits
per year shall be issued in connection with any principle
structure on a property. A structure
shall be considered a single principle structure for
purposes of this section regardless of whether the structure contains multiple
tenants or users.
Subdivision
4: CONDITIONAL USES
The following uses require a
Conditional Use Permit based on the procedures set forth in this Ordinance:
1. Hotels
and Motels.
2. Automobile
service stations, gasoline service stations, and auto repair garages.
3. Auto sales with or without service
garages (does not include the sale or service of trucks exceeding two (2) ton
gross weight) between 3rd Street North and 7th Street
North and between the railroad tracks and the west half of the block that is
bordered by Benton Drive and 2nd Ave North.
4. Drive-in and drive-thru restaurants,
drive-thru banks and other drive-thru service windows provided that an internal site pedestrian circulation system shall be
defined and appropriate provisions made to protect such areas from
encroachments by parked cars or moving vehicles.
5. Multiple family dwellings containing more than two (2)
dwelling units which are designed to match with the “Downtown” providing they
are located above retail or other storefronts.
6.
Commercial
Child Care Facility provided that:
a) The structure and operation are in compliance
with State of Minnesota Department of Human Services regulations and shall be
licensed accordingly meeting all State licensing requirements pursuant to
Minnesota Statutes 245A.02 and 245A.11, as amended.
b) The City may increase the required lot size in
those cases where such an increase is considered necessary to ensure
compatibility of activities and maintain the public health, safety and general
welfare.
c) The facility has adequate City sewer and
water services to protect the health and safety of all persons who occupy the
facility.
d) All signage is in compliance with Section
10.16 of this Ordinance.
e) The facility shall provide screening along
the shared boundary where outdoor play areas abut commercial or industrial uses
or zones, or public right-of-way.
f) The facility has two (2) parking spaces per
employee on largest shift; in addition, three (3) parking spaces must be
provided solely for the loading and unloading of children. Loading and unloading spaces must be clearly
marked.
g) Loading and unloading areas are located so
that children do not cross traffic to reach the facility. The loading and
unloading areas must be designed to minimize interference with traffic and
promote safety of the children.
h) Required parking areas are maintained and
shall not be encroached upon by refuse containers, signs or other structures,
nor used for the parking of equipment or storage of goods.
i) Parking is located separately from any
outdoor play area.
j) Parking areas are screened from view of
surrounding and abutting residential uses.
7.
Veterinary
clinics and hospitals for small animals such as dogs and cats.
8.
Tri-Plexes, Four-Plexes, and
Townhomes with less then five units in Block 31, Original Town of Sauk Rapids,
and also bordered between 3rd Street North and 3rd St.
South and the East ½ of block bordered by 2nd and 3rd
Avenues North and South (See Map). Refer
to Subdivision 15 for additional requirements.
9. Roominghouse.
A. Performance Standards
1) Rental
properties with fewer than three Lodging Rooms or multiple residents under one
master lease are exempt from the performance standards of this Subdivision 4.
9. A.
2) One off-street
parking space per Lodging Room is required.
Parking spaces shall not be stacked in a linear row. A parking space, as referred to in this
Section, shall be at least 9 feet wide by 18 feet long.
3) A minimum
landscaped buffer area of 10 feet in width shall separate any parking, driveway
or structure from any lot line common with any residential district by use of
vegetation designed so as to not obscure the view which may cause a danger to
pedestrian or vehicular traffic.
Vegetation shall be of adequate size to provide sufficient screening on
the date of planting.
4) The applicant
shall submit with the conditional use permit application a site plan depicting
the lot lines, location of all structures on the property, the required parking
spaces and screening. Compliance with
the approved site plan shall be a condition of every permit issued under this
Subdivision.
5) There must be
a separation of at least 1,320 feet (¼ mile) between another Roominghouse or a
Licensed/Unlicensed Community Residential Facility, Assisted Living, or Nursing
Home/Adult Care Home.
10. Licensed Community Residential Facility
meeting the requirements of Subdivision 18. B. below.
11. Unlicensed Community Residential Facility
meeting the requirements of Subdivision 18. B. below.
12. Small cell wireless
facilities with a valid permit in compliance with the provisions of Section 10.15B of this Ordinance. Small
cell wireless facilities are prohibited on decorative light poles and
streetscaping in the public right of way.
13. Uses the City Council determines to be
substantially similar to those listed in this zoning district and not
detrimental to the City’s general health and welfare. The City Council’s
determination shall be based on the following:
A.
There is a presumption that uses not specifically listed
in the ordinance are not permissible. The presumption may be
overcome by City Council finding that the unlisted use is substantially similar
to those listed in the zoning district. The applicant has the sole burden to
prove that the proposed unlisted use is substantially similar to those listed
in the zoning district.
B.
The City in reviewing such requests must
determine that the proposed use is consistent with the intent of the ordinance
and the Comprehensive Plan, particularly in preserving the “Historic Main
Street” appearance of the D-1 District.
C.
The Planning Commission shall make a recommendation to the City Council
based on the criteria contained within this section.
D.
Upon the Planning Commission's recommendation, City Council in its sole
discretion shall make the final determination that the above criteria are met.
E.
This provision shall not be interpreted to allow a use that is allowed as
a permitted or conditional use in another district.
13. All site plans indicated Structures or
Structural Alterations over 5,000 square feet.
Subdivision
5: Uses by Interim Permits. Hoop/Tubular Frame buildings for the
retail sale of merchandise are allowed as an Interim Use under conditions
imposed by the City Council upon recommendation of the Planning Commission
including but not limited to, hours of operation, building size, location on
property, signage, and minimum parking requirements.
Subdivision 6.
Submissions for Approval. The application
for a building permit shall be accompanied by a complete site plan pursuant to
Section 10.06A of this Chapter in addition to the following requirements. When Section 10.06A and 10.12A are in
conflict, the more restrictive language applies. One-family detached dwellings (referred to as
single family dwellings in Subdivision 15 below) shall require a site plan in
the D-1 District. Prior to the
issuance of a Building Permit for any Building or construction work and for any
other exterior building and site improvement within a D-1 District the
following information and documentation must be prepared by a qualified and
licensed civil engineer, submitted and approved by the City Council after
review and recommendation by the Planning Commission:
1. A map showing
the location, owners and uses of the Lot and all adjacent Lots;
2. Location,
size, height, dimensions, architectural design and building materials of all
Buildings, drive-thru lanes, docks and other Improvements to be constructed
upon the Lot;
3. Location,
size, dimensions, design, number and materials used for all parking spaces,
parking areas, loading areas, utility and storage areas, refuse and garbage
storage areas and snow storage areas;
4. Location, size
and type of materials of all pedestrian walkways, sidewalks, trails, driveways
and egress/ingress to public streets;
5. Building
elevations for all exterior sides with building materials and colors shown;
6. Location, size
and type of materials of all fences and walls;
7. Location and
size of all open space, recreation and service areas;
8. Estimated
construction schedule;
9. A Building
Plan required by
Subdivision 7;
10. A Drainage and
Utility Plan required by
Subdivision 14;
11. A Landscaping
Plan required by
Subdivision 8;
12. A Signage Plan
required by
Subdivision 10;
13. A Lighting
Plan required by
Subdivision 11;
14. Any other
information the City reasonably requests.
As part of the
Site Plan Review and approval, the Planning Commission may recommend and the
City Council may, on the recommendation of the Planning Commission or on its
own, require that changes be made to a Site Plan. Such changes may include, without limitation,
limiting the size and number of street accesses, requiring fencing or
screening, requiring changes to the Landscape Plan, requiring alterations of
the location and types of lighting and signage, altering parking lot design and
layout to maintain the “Main Street” atmosphere of the District, altering
Building layout, and other alterations and adjustments to ensure a design which
is in conformance with this Ordinance, the City’s Comprehensive Plan and
maintain the “Main Street” atmosphere of the District.
Subdivision
7: BUILDING STANDARD
1. Building
Plan. Prior to any construction,
the following must be submitted to the City for approval.
(a) Plans must be prepared by an Architect or
Engineer in at least 1/8” = 1’ scale;
(b) Plans must show Building location(s)
within the building site;
(c) Floor Plans and Building elevations must
show all features and information required by the City;
(d) Plans
must identify all materials used, samples, and color charts;
(e) Plans must show all public and/or private
utility connections and storm water drainage systems.
2. Building Design. Building design must comply with the
following:
(a) All sides of Buildings which will be visible
to the public whether the front, back or side of the Building
must meet the exterior finish standards of this Ordinance.
(b) Buildings on corners should be at least
twenty-four (24) feet in height on the street/sidewalk side of the Building. If the
Building is not two (2) stories or more, the Building
should be designed to appear to be at least two (2) stories when viewed from
all sides.
(c) Building fronts and primary entrances
should face the street side of the property when possible. Dual front and rear/side entrances are
permissible. On corner Buildings, every attempt
should be made to locate the primary entrance at the corner.
(d) When Buildings are forty (40) feet or
more in width along a public right-of- way, the Building
must be articulated into small increments through the use of textures,
divisions into storefronts with separate display windows, ornamental features
(i.e. awnings) or by division of Building mass into several smaller segments.
(See Section 4 of the City’s Comprehensive Plan).
(e) In the Auto-Oriented part of the District, building glazing will be at least thirty percent
(30%) between 2 and 10 feet on the street side of the building.
(f) On the street side of the Building, Building glazing must be at least sixty percent (60%) of the
façade between 2 feet and 10 feet above sidewalks. Second and third stories must have at least
twenty percent (20%) glazing of the façade.
(g) Rooftop equipment and services must be
screened from front view (see Section 7).
(h) To the extent possible and practical, Building design shall meet the
other
requirements of Section 4 of the City’s Comprehensive Plan.
3. Building
Location. The following Building location requirements must be met
except for stand alone residential structures which shall meet the requirements
of Subdivision 15.
(a) Buildings must be set close to the street
with parking behind or on the side of the Building.
(b) Buildings may not be set back from the
right of way more than 5 feet unless one of the following apply:
i. The Building is set back to accommodate a future turn lane or
street widening.
ii. The Building is set back to accommodate a larger pedestrian
walking, gathering or seating area.
iii. The Building is set back to accommodate landscaping features
which meet the goals of the Comprehensive Plan.
iv. The Building is set back due to grade changes on the Site which
would otherwise require significant fill to level the Site or would require
multi-story construction to accommodate front and rear entrances.
v. The building
is located in the “Auto-Oriented District” as defined in the Comprehensive Plan
(Between 3rd Street North and 7th Street North and
between the railroad tracks and the West ½ of the Block bordered by Benton
Drive and 2nd Avenue North. In this district, buildings may be
setback far enough from the front curb to allow for double loaded angled
parking between the front curb and the building.
(c) Buildings
should be located on corners whenever possible.
(d) Buildings must be constructed to provide
at least fifty percent (50%) Lot frontage to the street.
(e) Auto oriented businesses should be
located on the sides and backs of Buildings unless located in the “Auto
Oriented District”.
(f) Buildings should be located to allow
for common entrances at or near the center of blocks.
(g) Buildings should be located to allow for
the use of party walls when practical.
(h) When practical, Building
location should also meet the goals of Section 4 of the City’s Comprehensive
Plan.
4. Building
Materials. All Building materials used must be harmonious with the
general character described of the Downtown in the City’s Comprehensive Plan
Section 4. The exterior surface of all
Buildings and structures must be constructed of one of, or a combination of,
the following Building materials.
(a) Brick
or face brick including textured, burnished and colored block;
(b) Specially designed precast concrete units
if the surfaces have been integrally treated with an applied decorative
material or texture (excluding raw concrete block painted or unpainted or
ceramic faced);
(c) Wood;
(d) Natural or cut stone;
(e) Glass
or any combination thereof, or a decorative synthetic material approved by City
Staff;
(f) Stucco;
(g) Pre-finished architectural metal panels
when utilized for accent and/or architectural components of Buildings such as
the entry or entry appendage, a required enclosure or screen or architectural
roofing as an intended designed accent (not to exceed 15% of the exposed wall
area on any two visible sides of the Building).
5. Roof
Materials. All roofs which are exposed to a view or are an integral
part of a Building’s aesthetics will be constructed only of commercial grade
asphalt shingles, wood shingles, standing seam metal, slate, tile or copper.
The City Council may consider green roof options that reduce stormwater runoff
and improve water quality.
6. Awnings/Canopies. Awnings may be required by the City over windows and doors where appropriate. Awnings must be constructed of cloth or
metal. If awnings are illuminated by
light, the illumination must be from shining light onto the awning and not from
underneath the awning. Awnings may
contain store names but will then be used in calculating total sign area for
the structure. Awning colors should compliment
the Building and should not attract attention by use
of drastic color change or non-traditional design unless otherwise allowed by
the City Council. Awnings must be
at-least eight (8) feet above grade. Plastic and vinyl awnings and canopies are
prohibited.
7. Utilities
Screening. All mechanical equipment, whether located on the roof or
pedestal or ground mounted around the Building’s
perimeter, and any outside solid waste, raw material, inventory, finished
product, equipment, fuel storage facility or other storage of any kind, must be
architecturally screened from view using materials identical to, or
structurally and visibly comparable and compatible with, the exterior Building
materials used on the main Buildings on the Building Site. A raised parapet or
other architectural feature, that is an integral part of the Building,
is encouraged as a method of screening for rooftop mechanical equipment or to
soften the rooftop view. Screening for rooftop mechanical equipment must
incorporate similar architectural features of the Building
and/or be constructed of a material and color compatible with other elements of
the Building. All ground storage areas must be screened as provided above and
must be hard-surfaced with either concrete or asphalt materials.
8. Accessory
Structures. Accessory structures and outbuildings must be of similar
materials, quality and architectural and aesthetic appearance and conformance
as the principal Building or structure and must be approved by the City. Accessory
structures may only be built after the principal structure has been completed
on that Lot. Accessory structures may
not exceed the height of the principal Building or structure.
9. Additions
and Exterior Alterations. All subsequent additions and exterior
alterations constructed after the erection of an original Building must be
approved by the City, must be of the same materials as
those used in the original construction of the Building, and must be designed
in a manner conforming to the original Building’s architectural concept and
general appearance.
Subdivision 8: LANDSCAPING AND WALKWAYS
1. Landscaping
Plan. The landscaping, upon any Building Site or Lot, must be carried
out in accordance with a Landscaping Plan which will be reviewed and approved
by City Staff in writing before construction on a Lot. City Staff must review and approve any
variation or changes to the Landscaping Plan.
All areas of a Lot not occupied by Buildings, parking and loading areas,
drives, walkways, or other permitted structures must be landscaped with trees,
shrubs, grass or other planted ground cover approved by City Staff. All ground cover must be planted in such a
manner as to present a finished appearance and reasonably complete coverage
within six (6) months after planting with proper erosion control during plant
establishment period. Lot owners have
the ongoing duty to maintain, in an attractive condition, the landscaping on
their Lot.
2. Sidewalks
and Paths. All sidewalks and paths on a Lot must be constructed of
concrete or brick type pavers. Brick, decorative pavers, or stamped (and
colored) concrete must be used in areas adjacent to Building entryways.
Whenever possible, sidewalks should not be located directly adjacent to
Buildings, but should be separated from the Building
by landscape features.
a)
Sidewalk furnishings. The following
language does not allow merchandise for
sale or small cell wireless facilities as
part of mentioned furnishings. Benches, perimeter planters, hanging baskets, flower boxes, planting
trellises, publication boxes shall be allowed on public sidewalks adjacent to
the subject property under the following conditions:
1.
No sidewalk furnishings shall be permitted in any
portion of the public sidewalk where normal pedestrian traffic flow is
obstructed. A minimum clearance width of forty-eight (48) inches shall be
maintained on the public sidewalk at all times.
2.
Sidewalk furnishings shall be secured during any
period when the adjacent business is not open and being operated. Furnishings shall also be removed when not in
use due to seasonal conditions.
3.
All furnishings shall be kept in a clean, sanitary
condition.
4.
It shall be the responsibility of the proprietor of
the adjacent business to maintain all sidewalk furnishings at all times in a
safe condition at its proper location and to inspect each such furnishing
periodically in order that it may be properly maintained.
5.
All public improvements and maintenance, including
but not limited to, trees, light poles, traffic signals or manholes, or any
public-initiated maintenance procedures, shall take precedence over said use of
the public sidewalk at all times.
6.
Prior to Placing any furnishings in the public
right-of-way, the property owner shall provide to the City proof of liability
insurance and sign an agreement holding the City harmless.
7.
The City reserves the right to require that sidewalk
furnishings be removed from the public right-of-way in the event the City,
through its Public Works Director, Community Development Director, or other
appropriate personnel determines that the furnishings interfere with public use
of the right-of-way, including the City’s plowing or other seasonal maintenance
activities, or are otherwise not in compliance with this ordinance.
3. Landscaping
Methods. Landscaping may include seeding, sodding, raised planters,
architectural decorative walls or fencing (upon approval by City Staff), trees
and shrubs, ground cover and other landscape materials including permanent
sprinkling systems, foundations, storm runoff retention ponds, reflective
ponds, landscape lighting, rain gardens, pervious pavers and other methods of
stormwater treatments as discussed in the Comprehensive Plan.
4. Plant
Material. Plant material selection will take into consideration disease
and insect resistance, hardiness to the area, the ability to provide seasonal
interest and future maintenance considerations. Native species are preferred.
The following tree species will not be allowed: Box Elder, female
Ginkgo, Willow and Cottonwoods (unless seedless). Pine trees will only be
allowed in locations that will not create a sightline or other hazard upon the
review of City Staff.
Subdivision 9: PARKING
1. Off-Street Parking and Loading Areas.
a) The greater of
1 parking space for every 500 square feet of gross floor area; or 1 space for
every 3 restaurant seats; 1 space for every 3 seats in religious institutions
such as churches, chapels, temples, and synagogues; 5 spaces for each bowling
alley lane; 1 space per motel unit or 1 space for every 2 employees, whichever
is greater; 1 space for every 60 square feet of gross floor area for taverns
with dance floors and for gathering areas without seats such as dance halls;
convenience stores with gasoline: If part of a complex, at least six (6) spaces
plus one space for each employee on duty during the largest shift shall be
required. Space for vehicles adjacent to
gasoline pumps shall not count toward the required spaces. A stand-alone convenience store with gasoline
shall require 15 stalls plus one stall for each employee on duty during the
largest shift. Space for vehicles
adjacent to gasoline pumps shall not count toward the required spaces. Convenience store with gasoline facilities
designed for sale of retail merchandise in addition to gasoline and convenience
items shall require additional parking in compliance with other applicable
regulations in this Section.
b) Multi-family
dwellings shall provide two parking spaces per Dwelling Unit or one per Lodging
Room.
c) Parking must
be located behind or to the side of Buildings unless the building is setback
from the primary street due to grade changes on the site which would otherwise
require unrealistic amounts of fill in order to be buildable except as
otherwise permitted in this section.
d) Parking may
not be located on the corner of a block except for public parking areas which
are part of a downtown plaza area with adequate screening from street and
sidewalks unless the building is located in the “Auto-Oriented District” as
defined in the Comprehensive Plan (Between 3rd Street North and 7th
Street North and between the railroad tracks and the West ½ of the Block
bordered by Benton Drive and 2nd Avenue North
e) Front or
street side parking will only be allowed if the parking is adequately screened
and separated by at least 6 feet of landscaped area including materials such as
railings, fences, shrubs and trees. Pervious paving is encouraged in these
areas.
f) Conflicts with pedestrian circulation should
be avoided when possible or be controlled with appropriate signage, striping,
sidewalks, landscaping, or other methods.
2. Parking
Area Screening. All commercial parking areas and commercial driveways
must be screened from the public right-of-way using planting screens,
architectural railings, fences or other similar features to shield the view of
parked cars to passing motorists and pedestrians. Commercial parking areas and driveways must
also be screened from adjacent residential areas using fencing, walls, and/or
landscaping features. If landscaping
features are used, those features must be of adequate size to provide screening
on the date of planting.
3. Paved
Surfaces. All parking, loading and driveway areas must have concrete
curbs and gutters, must be paved with either concrete, bituminous, or paver
brick and must be properly striped. It is preferable that the paving be of a
pervious material.
4. Entrance/Exit
Width. No entrance to or exit from a parking area may be more than
twenty-four (24) feet in width, and a maximum of sixty-five (65) feet of street
front may be reserved for parking lot entrances. Off-street commercial parking areas may not
be designed so that vehicles must back into a street.
5. Landscaping Parking Areas.
a. The visual effect of all parking,
loading, storage and driveway areas should be “softened” by using landscaping
to minimize the visibility of hard-surfaced areas, vehicles and equipment to
motorists and people working in the Buildings.
b. At least
10% of all parking areas must be landscaped.
c. Landscape islands and medians must be
constructed to make parking areas appear smaller and more attractive from the
street, to visually and physically break up the parking areas, and to direct
traffic and control internal traffic circulation. Islands must be a minimum of
six (6) feet wide to accommodate overstory trees and islands must be a minimum
of one hundred fifty (150) square feet in area.
One (1) island should be installed for every twelve (12) parking spaces.
One (1) overstory, ornamental or evergreen tree must be installed for every
fifteen (15) feet of parking lot street frontage.
d. Parking areas with less than thirty 30
parking stalls shall be exempt from the landscape island requirement but shall
not be exempt from the One (1) overstory, ornamental or evergreen tree
requirement for every fifteen (15) feet of parking lot street frontage.
e. Trees
should be planted along parking lot edges to provide shade and screen cars.
g. A six (6) foot wide landscaping buffer
must be provided between parking lots and streets, public sidewalks, adjacent
non-shared parking, trash/recycling areas, and Buildings.
6. Location
of Loading Areas. All loading and receiving areas and garages and their
entrances and exits, are not allowed in the front or street side of Lots. These facilities must be designed and located
so as to confine all truck maneuvering to the Lot to the extent reasonably
possible. Loading areas and service area circulation must be separated from
parking areas and other circulation on a Site to the greatest extent
possible. All such loading areas must
include landscape screening when possible. Loading, unloading and receiving may
take place on public streets between 12:00 am and 6:00 am unless otherwise
prohibited.
7. Loading
Area and Garage Screening. Commercial loading areas and garage
entrances and exits must be screened to minimize visibility from any public
street, from adjacent Buildings front or side yard viewing point, and to the
extent possible, must be away from any residential uses.
8. Shared
Parking and Entrances. Shared
and joint use parking is encouraged.
When possible, joint entrances must be used between properties to limit
the number of entrances to any one block.
a) Where it can
be demonstrated that the demand for parking of the combined uses of two or more
buildings can be satisfied with the shared and jointly accessible off-street
parking available to those buildings and a permanent and recorded shared
parking easement exists, then a special exception to the above off-street
parking requirements may be granted by the City Council to satisfy the minimum
parking requirements.
b) Where parking
is available off-site within 400 feet of a building’s front entry, and that
parking is owned or controlled under a permanent and recorded parking easement
or that parking is public, said parking may be counted to satisfy the above
minimum off-street parking requirements at the City’s discretion.
c) Existing
on-street parking spaces (at least 25-foot stalls) on the right-of-way between
the two side lot lines and abutting the front lot line of a site will be
counted to satisfy the above minimum off-street parking requirements. In the
case of corner lots, both abutting streets will be considered if they both have
on-street parking spaces.
9. Retaining
Walls. Screen walls and exposed
areas of retaining walls must be constructed of a permanent material and finish
and must be of a color and finish compatible with the principal Building on the
Lot. Notwithstanding the above, City
Staff may require all retaining walls constructed within the Downtown be of the
same or similar material approved by City Staff.
10. Waste
Handling Screening. All waste, recycling and related handling equipment
areas must be either stored within the principal Building or stored in a four
(4) sided enclosure at a minimum of five (5) feet in height constructed of
brick, stone, decorative concrete material or a material comparable and
compatible with the material of the principal Building. Waste handling areas
should be shared between Lots and Buildings to the extent possible to minimize
their impact and must be located on the rear or sides of Buildings to minimize
visibility from roadways and parking areas. Any changes to trash handling areas
once a Building is constructed must comply with this Section and require City
approval.
11.
Storage
of Trailers and Vehicles. There will be no long-term storage of
trailers or vehicles on any Lot unless stored entirely
within an enclosed Building.
12. No Outside Storage. There will
be no outside storage of equipment or merchandise except as allowed in
Subdivision 3 of this Section.
13. Outside
Dining and Tables. Outside
dining areas may be seasonally permitted, but will require City approval.
14. Maintenance.
Each Owner must inspect, maintain, repair and replace the surface and
subsurface of the parking areas, driveways, curbs, loading areas, sidewalks,
and walkways within its Lot. These areas
must be maintained without holes, free of all dust, trash and other debris, and
to a smooth and evenly covered condition with a type of material at least equal
to the quality of the original material so as to maintain a consistent look and
aesthetic harmony within the Downtown, including, without limitation, cleaning,
sweeping, restripping, repairing and resurfacing.
15. Debris
and Snow Removal. Owners must periodically pick-up and remove all dirt,
filth, debris and refuse from the parking areas, driveways, loading areas,
sidewalks, walkways and trails within their Lot, and must promptly remove snow,
ice and surface waters from, and de-ice and salt, all parking areas, roadways,
curbs, walkways and sidewalks. Owners must plow snow as soon as a 3-inch
accumulation occurs and plow snow again as necessary to maintain less than a
3-inch accumulation at all times. Upon cessation of snowfall, Owners must plow
the parking areas, roadways, walkways and sidewalks reasonably close to the
paved surface. All snow kept on Site must only be stored in the snow storage
areas depicted on the Site Plan.
Subdivision 10: SIGNS
1. Signage
Plan. All requests for signs
must be submitted to the City for approval and must contain a plan with detail
as to height, size, location, materials, color, style and lighting, together
with a full color rendering. The Signage
Plan must include the above information for all existing signage as well as for
the signage being requested.
2. Signs
Styles. Traditional wood, metal,
or awning signs with lights shining onto the sign are encouraged. Traditional neon signs may be permitted, if
approved by the City.
Plastic signage which has interior illumination, although permitted, is
discouraged.
3. Sign
Standards. Any sign located within the D-1 District must meet the
following minimum standards:
(a) Permitted
Signs. On-premises identification, business or area identification
signs will be permitted.
(b) Pylon
Signs. Pylon signs are not permitted.
(c) Building
Wall Signs. Building wall
signage must not exceed one square foot per lineal foot of frontage or 15% of
building frontage whichever is greater.
No individual wall sign may exceed 100 square feet.
(d) Freestanding
Signs. Freestanding signs are not permitted unless monument style not
exceeding eight (8) feet in height measured from the top of curb on the street
closest to the sign. Although permitted,
monument signs, which are internally illuminated, are discouraged. Monument signs, which are metal, wood or
similar materials with illumination provided by light shining onto the sign are
preferred. The maximum size for a ground
or freestanding sign, including monument, shall be 100 square feet, measured from
the widest point on the outside edges of the sign’s posts or columns. Signs shall not extend beyond posts or
columns. No individual business shall
have more then one freestanding sign.
(e) Identification Signs. One (1)
area identification sign will be allowed per shopping center without reducing
the square footage allowance for businesses in the center. Such a sign may be
one (1) square foot per lineal front footage of all Buildings up to a maximum
of one hundred (100) square feet.
(f) Billboards.
Off-premises signs (i.e. billboards) are not permitted within the Downtown (D-1
District).
(g) Temporary
Signs. Temporary Signs shall be permitted only in accord with City
Ordinance. Notwithstanding the above,
temporary signs shall be limited to eighty (80) square feet and shall not be
allowed for more than sixty (60) days in any calendar year. Neon colored lettering is prohibited on
temporary signs.
(h) Clearance.
Signs or marquees, which may extend beyond the Building
lines, may not be constructed to extend over the property line. Signs located within three (3) feet of an
alley, driveway or parking area will have a clearance of fourteen (14) feet
above finished grade. Notwithstanding
any restrictions contained in the City’s other Ordinances, Building
signs may extend over sidewalks, if adequate clearance is provided.
(i) Maintenance. All signs must be
maintained in good condition and the area around them kept free from debris,
overgrown grass, and weeds and from anything else which would be a nuisance.
All signs must be kept in good repair.
Unless constructed of galvanized or non-corroding metal, signs must be
treated with appropriate wood preservative or thoroughly painted as often as is
necessary, consistent with good maintenance practices. All braces, bolts,
clips, supporting frame and fastenings shall be free from deterioration, rot,
or loosening. All signs shall be able to
withstand safely, at all times, the wind pressure that could occur.
(j) No
Flashing Signs. Signs may not flash, pulsate, strobe, rotate, or be
affixed with moving appurtenances, or create the impression of movement.
(k) Rooftop
Signs. Rooftop signs are
prohibited.
(l) Height
of Signs on Buildings. Signs attached to Buildings may not extend above
the higher of the ceiling line of the top floor or the top of a parapet wall.
(m) Architectural
Style. All signs must be architecturally compatible with other
improvements on the Lot.
(n) Residential
Structures. Signs on residential
structures must meet the requirement of the Section 10.16 of the City’s Zoning
Ordinance.
(o) Sign Ordinance. Except to the extent this section specifically authorizes or prohibits
signage, Section 10.16 of the City’s Zoning Ordinance regulating Signs shall
continue to apply in the D-1 District.
(p)
Any sign facing residentially zoned property, if only
separated by a street, alley, or less, must be externally lit
Subdivision 11:
LIGHTING
1. Lighting
Plan. All Site Plans must
contain a Lighting Plan showing the type, location and lumens of all lighting
to be located on the Site whether free standing or located on the exterior of
the Buildings.
2. Lighting
Standards. The lighting upon any Building Site or Lot must adhere to
applicable Ordinances as well as the following requirements:
(a) All exterior lighting must be energy
efficient and must be located, oriented, and of an intensity to adequately
illuminate only the Building Site or Lot where located
without detrimentally affecting activity on adjacent Sites or Lots, or traffic
on public streets and highways and directed away from any adjacent residential
property.
(b) Lighting must not be located on the roofs
of Buildings. Any lights affixed to a Building must be oriented downward at no
more than a 45 degree
angle from the vertical so as to light only areas of the Site. No light source
must be visible and the lumens at the property line must be .5.
(c) Lights may neither flash, pulsate, nor be
so bright as to impair or hinder vision on public streets or adjacent Building
Sites, or otherwise constitute a nuisance in the City’s judgment.
(d) Mixing of lighting types (i.e. sodium
vapor, incandescent, mercury vapor, metal halide) must be avoided if possible.
(e) Integration of similar lighting fixtures
to City approved street lamps is required.
(f) Decorative
street lamps, as approved by the City, will be
required for parking lot lighting.
3. LEDs. Light
Emitting Diodes (LEDs) may be used as building edge lighting in this
district. This LED edge lighting shall
be prohibited on any portion of a building facing residentially zoned property. Acceptable edge lighting will be determined
by the Community Development Director.
The LEDs on a building will not count against the calculated sign square
footage unless configured as a logo, symbol, trademark, or words as determined
by the Community Development Director.
Subdivision 12: OTHER IMPROVEMENTS
Improvements
not Specifically Addressed. The
construction and placement of Improvements such as special utilities, antennae,
receiving dishes, towers, incidental storage Buildings, and other facilities
not specifically addressed elsewhere within this Ordinance will require City
approval.
Subdivision 13: MAINTENANCE OBLIGATION
Maintenance
and Repair.
All Buildings and Improvements on Building Sites must be kept, maintained and
repaired in good condition at all times. Regular maintenance routines must be
followed by Owners such that the Building and Improvements continue to be
maintained at all times. Any damage
resulting from casualty loss to any Improvements must be immediately replaced
or repaired by Owner to their original condition, as nearly as possible.
Subdivision 14: DRAINAGE AND UTILITIES
Drainage and
Utility Plan. All Site Plans must include a drainage and
Utility Plan for the Site. The drainage
and Utility Plan must show the location of all utilities serving the Site as
well as the location of utilities which are adjacent to the Site. All Site Plans must also contain a Drainage
Plan for the Site which should include low impact development stormwater
treatment and containment techniques described in Section 4 of the City’s
Comprehensive Plan where feasible.
Subdivision 15: RESIDENTIAL STRUCTURES
1. Site
Plan Approval. All residential
development (excluding single family dwellings) within the Downtown requires
Site Plan approval of the Planning Commission and City Council. Single-family dwellings require Site Plan
approval by the City Community Development Department.
2. Architectural
Character. Residential Buildings
must be of an architectural character and quality that fits with the Downtown
District.
3. Siding
and Materials. All new
residential structures must have one or more of the following siding materials
and no other materials shall be permitted:
Brick or face
brick;
Stone (natural
or artificial);
Cedar or wood;
Cement fiber
lap siding (James Hardi or similar type products);
Stucco;
Vinyl and
steel siding is prohibited on new residential structures.
4. Setbacks. Residential Structures have the following
setback requirements:
Front yard and street facing side
yards – ten (10) feet from the sidewalk edge or five (5) feet from the edge of
the right of way, whichever is greater.
Side yard setbacks shall be five (5)
feet, except no setback is required between twin homes, planned communities and
condominiums developed in conjunction with one another.
Rear
yard setbacks shall be twelve (12) feet.
5. Garage
and Driveway Locations. All new
structures must have driveways and garages placed in the rear of the structure
with alley access if possible. Garages
should not dominate the view of the front of the structure.
6. Orientation
of Structure. Houses shall be
oriented toward the front/street side.
Houses must have a front entry with a sidewalk connecting to the public
sidewalk or street. Usable front porches
are encouraged for all types of residential housing. Multiple family dwellings must also have
front entrances to the street side of the Building.
7. Landscaping.
Landscaping must be provided for all
non-improvement portions of the Lot. A
Landscaping Plan must be provided to the City and
approved for all non-single family residential structures.
Subdivision 16: PERFORMANCE BOND
To ensure Site Plan Improvements for
commercial and multi-family developments, including, without limitation,
landscaping and waste enclosures, are completed in accordance with the approved
Site Plan, a Performance Bond or other approved security in the amount deemed
sufficient by the City Council may be required to be deposited with the City
before the issuance of a Building Permit for the Project.
Subdivision 17: SNOW REMOVAL
After an official snowfall of three
(3) inches or more, property owners have 36 hours to clear their parking
stalls. Property owners shall be allowed to pile snow on a portion of their
parking lots so long as the minimum number of parking stalls required by City
ordinance is maintained. Property owners
must maintain their required minimum number of parking stalls. Any costs of removal incurred by the
City shall be assessed to the property and may be collected in the manner of
ordinary debt or in the manner of taxes and all costs shall be assessed against
the property. This does not apply to
properties with single-family detached dwellings.
Subdivision 18: Performance
Standards.
A. Metal Roofing. All metal roofs
must:
1.
Have an Energy Star rating (list available at www.energystar.gov)
2.
Be 26 or 24 gauge steel
3.
Be standing-seam profiled metal
4.
Have a corrosion resistant coating such as zinc,
aluminum, alloys of zinc-aluminum, or tin if the material is galvanized steel,
aluminized steel, zinc-aluminum-coated steel or terne-coated steel
5.
Have concealed fasteners
6.
If painted, have at least a 20
year paint warranty
B.
Licensed and Unlicensed
Community Residential Facilities within the Downtown Business District. These standards shall be in addition to and,
where in conflict, shall take precedence over the other standards of this Section
10.12A.
1.
A comprehensive Statement of Use shall be submitted
with the applicant’s Site Plan Application. Facilities shall meet all federal,
state and local regulatory requirements including, but not limited to,
licensing, health, safety and building code requirements. Licensed Community Residential Facilities
shall provide proof of licensure before the issuance of a Certificate of
Occupancy.
2.
At the time of site plan or conditional use permit
application, applicants may request that the City Council consider reducing the
parking requirements of this Subdivision 18. B.
In determining whether to reduce the number of required parking spaces,
the City Council may consider factors affecting the need for parking spaces
based on the specific use and needs of the residents including, without limitation, the likelihood
that residents will maintain vehicles at the facility; the proximity of the
facility to bus lines; the likelihood that residents will use bus lines or
other group transportation for their daily activities; and the feasibility of
creating future on-site parking at the facility in the event of a change in use
of the facility.
3.
Licensed and Unlicensed Community Residential
Facilities shall have one parking space for each Dwelling Unit or Lodging Room,
plus one parking space for each employee on the largest shift.
4.
Parking spaces shall be on the same site as the
principal structure and not located within five feet of any street right-of-way
or three feet from the adjacent property line.
A parking space shall be at least 9 feet wide by 18 feet long. Parking may be included on a level below
ground.
5.
All off-street parking areas shall be provided with
a concrete or asphalt surface or other material acceptable to the City Building
Inspector and the City Engineer, and shall provide for adequate drainage.
6.
No entrance to or exit from a parking area shall be
more than 24 feet in width, and under no circumstances will off-street parking
areas be designed so that vehicles must back into the street.
7.
A minimum landscaped buffer area of 10 feet in
width shall separate any parking, driveway or structure from any lot line
common with any residential district by use of vegetation designed so as to not
obscure the view which may cause a danger to pedestrian or vehicular
traffic. Vegetation shall be of adequate
size to provide sufficient screening on the date of planting.
8.
Exterior light poles, light fixtures, or other
light sources shall be effectively contained within the development and shall
not cause glare or light spillover to any adjacent property.
9.
All Licensed and Unlicensed Community Residential
Facilities shall be architecturally designed to blend in with the surrounding
environment.
10. There must be a separation of at least 1,320 feet (¼ mile) between
another Licensed/Unlicensed Community Residential Facility, or a Assisted Living, Nursing Home/Adult Care Home, or Roominghouse.
Section 10.12B Highway
Commercial District, C-3
Subdivision
1. Intent: The Highway
Business District is intended to control the use and development of land and
improvements by creating a mixed land use district near and adjacent to major
transportation corridors in the City of Sauk Rapids. This shall be done by
allowing for a mixture of land uses and by establishing stringent standards for
development. This section shall be
administered in a manner that will encourage and promote high-value development
in a manner similar to a planned unit development, taking advantage of the
highway location. It is also the purpose
of this District that a pleasant, attractive, and aesthetically pleasing
environment be developed.
Subdivision
2. Permitted Uses. The following uses are permitted:
A. Office
buildings, office complexes, offices, or studios of business, professional and
service occupations such as an accountant, broker, engineer, insurance
adjuster, interior decorator, lawyer, physician (including medical and dental
clinics and laboratories), photographer, realtor, and chiropractor.
B. Restaurants,
except drive-thru restaurants.
C. Restaurants
with accessory outdoor dining facilities provided that:
1. The applicant
submits a site plan, which shall be prepared by a qualified and licensed civil
engineer, and other pertinent information demonstrating the location and type
of all tables, refuse receptacles, and wait stations.
2. Access to the
dining area be provided only via the principal building if the dining area is full service restaurant, including table waiting service.
3. The size of
the dining area is restricted to thirty (30) percent of the total customer
floor area within the principal structure.
4. The dining
area is screened from view from adjacent residential uses accordance with
Subdivision 7. B. of this Ordinance.
5. The applicant
demonstrates that pedestrian circulation is not disrupted as a result of the
outdoor ding area by providing the following:
i. Outdoor dining
area shall be segregated from through pedestrian circulation by means of
fencing, bollards, ropes, plantings, or other methods, and shall be subject to
review and approval by the City Council.
ii. Minimum clear
passage zone for pedestrians at the perimeter of the restaurant shall be at
least five (5) feet without interference from parking motor vehicles, bollards,
trees, tree gates, curbs, stairways, trash receptacles, street lights, parking
meters, or the like.
iii. Overstory
canopy of trees, umbrellas or other structures extending in to the pedestrian
clear passage zone or pedestrian aisle shall have a minimum clearance of seven
(7) feet above sidewalk.
6. The dining
area is surfaced with concrete, bituminous or decorative pavers or may consist
of a deck with wood or other flooring material that provides a clean,
attractive, and functional surface.
7. A minimum
width of thirty-six (36) inches shall be provided within aisles of the outdoor
dining area.
8. Storage of
furniture shall not be permitted outdoors between November 1 and March 31. Outdoor furniture that is immoveable or
permanently fixed or attached to the sidewalk shall not be subject to the
storage prohibition of this section.
However, any immovable or permanently fixed or attached furniture must
be approved as part of the administrative permit application.
9. Additional
off-street parking shall be required based on the additional seating area
provided by the outdoor dining area.
10. Refuse
containers are provided for self-service outdoor dining areas. Such containers shall be placed in a manner
which does not disrupt pedestrian circulation, and must be designed to prevent
spillage and blowing litter.
D. Veterinary
clinics.
E. Other
institutions providing health care.
Subdivision
3. Permitted Accessory Uses. The following uses shall be permitted
as an Accessory Use and subject to all
the requirements of this Section:
A. Commercial or business building for a use of
accessory to the principal use, not to exceed 30% percent of the size of
principal structure.
B. Signs, which meet the criteria of Section
10.16 of the City Ordinance. Subdivision
10 of that section will apply to this District.
C. Temporary buildings for construction purposes
for a period not to exceed one year.
D. Off-street loading and parking areas, subject
to applicable section(s) of this Ordinance.
E. Fences, in accordance with Subdivision 10. C.
of this Section.
F. Landscaping, which meets the criteria of
Subdivision 8. C. of this Section.
G. Hoop/Tubular Frame Buildings. All buildings
shall require a permit from the Zoning Administrator which shall be valid for
90 days. The permit may establish conditions relating to the Hoop/Tubular Frame
Building, including, but not limited to, hours of operation, building size,
location on the property, signage, and additional parking requirements.
Permits shall be issued only in connection with the use of a principle structure on the property. No more than two permits per year shall be
issued in connection with any principle structure on a
property. A structure shall be
considered a single principle structure for purposes
of this section regardless of whether the structure contains multiple tenants
or users.
Subdivision
4. Uses of Conditional Permits. The following uses shall require a
Conditional Use Permit based on the procedures set forth in Section 10 of the
Sauk Rapids Zoning Ordinance.
A. Office
warehousing.
B. Grocery
stores/Supermarkets
C. Nurseries.
D. Lawn and
garden temporary sales area (Interim Use Permit)
E. Lumberyards
and home improvement retail centers.
F. Stone building
material sales and service.
G. Radio and
television shops.
H. Retail or
service businesses supply commodities or performing a service, as follows:
1. Apparel or
clothing store.
2. Department
store.
3. Funeral Home.
4. Furniture
dealer.
5. Garden and
landscaping sales and services, including produce sales.
6. On-sale liquor
establishment.
7. Off-sale
liquor establishment.
8. Video store.
9. Wholesale or
warehouse retail operations.
I.
Appliance
repair shops.
J. Appliance
showrooms and sales including furniture and carpet sales.
K. Movie
Theaters.
L. Places of
amusement and recreation such as bowling alleys, swimming pools, and skating
rinks.
M. Clubs and
lodges
N. Hotels.
O. Motels.
P. Taverns.
Q. Drive-through
and convenience food establishments, provided that an internal site pedestrian
circulation system shall be defined and appropriate provisions made to protect
such areas from encroachments by parked cars or moving vehicles.
R. Commercial car
washes (drive through, self-service and mechanical) provided that stacking
space is constructed, subject to approval by the City Engineer, to accommodate
that number of vehicles which can be washed during a maximum thirty (30) minute
period.
S. Convenience
Store with gasoline, provided that:
1) The sale of
food items is in compliance with state and county standards and subject to the
approval of a Health Inspector who shall provide specific written sanitary
requirements for each proposed sale location.
2) The
approximate area and location devoted to non-automotive merchandise sales shall
be specified in general terms in the application.
3) Motor fuel
facilities are installed in accordance with state standards. Adequate space
shall be provided to access gas pumps and allow maneuverability around the
pumps. Underground fuel storage tanks
are to be positioned to allow adequate access by motor fuel transports and
unloading operations minimize conflict with circulation, access, and other
activities on the site.
4) Wherever fuel
pumps are to be installed, pump islands shall be installed.
5) A protective
canopy located over the pump island(s) may be accessory structure on the
property however; adequate visibility both on and off site shall be maintained.
6) An internal
site pedestrian circulation system shall be defined and appropriate provisions
made to protect such areas from encroachments by parked cars or moving
vehicles.
T. Postal
Stations.
U.
Uses the City Council determines to be substantially similar to those
listed in this zoning district and not detrimental to the City’s general health
and welfare. The City Council’s determination shall be based on the following:
1)
There is a presumption that uses not specifically listed
in the ordinance are not permissible. The presumption may be
overcome by City Council finding that the unlisted use is substantially similar
to those listed in the zoning district. The applicant has the sole burden to
prove that the proposed unlisted use is substantially similar to those listed
in the zoning district.
2)
The City in reviewing such requests must
determine that the proposed use is consistent with the intent of the ordinance
and the Comprehensive Plan.
3)
The Planning Commission shall make a recommendation to the City Council
based on the criteria contained within this section.
4)
Upon the Planning Commission's recommendation, City Council in its sole
discretion shall make the final determination that the above criteria are met.
5)
This provision shall not be interpreted to allow a use that is allowed as
a permitted or conditional use in another district.
V. All site plans
indicating Structures or Structural Alterations over 50,000 square feet.
W. Commercial Child
Care Facility provided that:
1. The structure and operation are in compliance
with State of Minnesota Department of Human Services regulations and shall be
licensed accordingly meeting all State licensing requirements pursuant to
Minnesota Statutes 245A.02 and 245A.11, as amended.
2. The City may increase the required lot size
in those cases where such an increase is considered necessary to ensure
compatibility of activities and maintain the public health, safety and general
welfare.
3. The facility has adequate City sewer and
water services to protect the health and safety of all persons who occupy the
facility.
4. All signage is in compliance with Section
10.16 of this Ordinance.
5. The facility shall provide screening along
the shared boundary where outdoor play areas abut commercial or industrial uses
or zones, or public right-of-way.
6. The facility has two (2) parking spaces per
employee on largest shift; in addition, three (3) parking spaces must be
provided solely for the loading and unloading of children. Where on-street
parking is available along the street frontage of the day care center, only two
(2) of these spaces are required on site.
Required parking spaces shall be provided with vehicular access to a
public street or alley. Loading and
unloading spaces must be clearly marked.
7. Loading and unloading areas are located so
that children do not cross traffic to reach the facility. The loading and
unloading areas must be designed to minimize interference with traffic and
promote safety of the children.
8. Required parking areas are maintained and
shall not be encroached upon by refuse containers, signs or other structures,
nor used for the parking of equipment or storage of goods.
9. Parking is located separately from any
outdoor play area.
10. Parking areas are screened from view of
surrounding and abutting residential uses.
Subdivision
5. Conditions Applicable to All
Conditional Use Permits. When
considering Conditional Use Permits, the Planning Commission shall use the
criteria established in Section 10.17 of the City Code. In addition, the following criteria shall
also be considered:
A. When abutting
a residential use in a residential use district, the property is adequately
screened and landscaped.
B. Parking areas
shall be screened from the view of abutting residential districts.
C. Vehicular
access points shall be limited, shall create minimal conflict with through
traffic movements, shall comply with all appropriate Chapters of this Ordinance
as may be amended and shall be subject to the approval of the City Engineer.
D. Provisions are
made to control and reduce noise in accordance with MPCA standards.
E. The entire
site other than that taken up by a building, structure, or plantings shall be
surfaced so as to control dust subject to the approval of the City Engineer.
F. The entire
area shall have a drainage system subject to the approval of the City Engineer.
G. The
architectural appearance and functional plan of the building and site shall not
be so dissimilar to the existing buildings or area so as to cause impairment in
property values or constitute a blighting influence within a reasonable
distance of the lot.
H. All outdoor
storage shall be completely screened from view.
Subdivision
6. Area, Height, and Yard Requirements. The following minimum requirements shall be
observed on all lots:
A. Setbacks. As part of the site plan review,
setbacks will be established for each individual development by the a recommendation from the Planning Commission and
approval by the City Council, subject to the following minimum standards which
may be increased upon site plan and/or Conditional Use Permit review:
Setback
to R-1 or R-2 Residential District |
30
feet |
Height |
45
feet |
No yard bordering upon an R-1 or R-2
Residential District shall be used for storage, loading, unloading, or similar
activities unless there is additional 20 feet of yard adjacent to the lot line,
properly screened by planting, walls, or fencing. The additional space must be used for green
space, and not parking, loading, or storage.
B. Site
Plan. The application for a building
permit shall be accompanied by a complete site plan prepared by a qualified and
licensed civil engineer showing the proposed use of the property pursuant to
Section 10.06A of this Chapter in addition to the following requirements. When Section 10.06A and 10.12B are in
conflict, the more restrictive language applies. The plan shall show enclosed waste disposal,
utilities, drainage, ingress and egress, parking, landscaping, screening, snow
storage areas, lighting location and types, and other pertinent data. Distances to surrounding buildings must also
be shown on the plan. The applicant
shall submit these plans to the Planning Commission for consideration and
recommendation to the City Council. In
any event, no building permit shall be issued for any construction until
authorized by a majority vote of the City Council. In addition, no site plan may be approved for
Commercial, Industrial or Multi-Family uses on any property within the City for
which only a metes and bounds legal description
exists. Such property shall be platted
in accordance with Chapter 12 of the City Code prior to or in conjunction with
any request for site plan approval.
1. Building
Plan. Prior to any construction,
the following must be submitted to the City for approval.
a. Plans must be prepared by an Architect or
Engineer in at least 1/8” = 1’ scale;
b. Plans must show Building location(s) within
the building site;
c. Floor Plans and Building elevations must show
all features and information required by the City;
d. Plans must identify all materials used,
samples, and color charts;
e. Plans must
show all public and/or private utility connections and storm water drainage
systems;
f. Fire hydrant
and fire lane locations.
2. Landscaping
Plan.
The landscaping, upon any Building Site or Lot, must be carried out in
accordance with a Landscaping Plan which will be reviewed and approved by City
Staff in writing before construction on a Lot.
City Staff must review and approve any variation or changes to the
Landscaping Plan. All areas of a Lot not
occupied by Buildings, parking and loading areas, drives, walkways, or other
permitted structures must be landscaped with trees, shrubs, grass or other
planted ground cover approved by City Staff.
All ground cover must be planted in such a manner as to present a
finished appearance and reasonably complete coverage within six (6) months
after planting with proper erosion control during plant establishment
period. Lot owners have the ongoing duty
to maintain, in an attractive condition, the landscaping on their Lot.
3. Drainage
and Utility Plan. All Site Plans
must include a drainage and utility plan for the site. The drainage and utility plan must show the
location of all utilities serving the site as well as the location of
utilities, which are adjacent to the site and include low impact development
stormwater treatment and containment techniques described in Section 4 of the
City’s Comprehensive Plan where feasible.
4. Lighting Plan. All Site Plans must contain a Lighting Plan
showing the type, location and lumens of all lighting to be located on the Site
whether free standing or located on the exterior of the Buildings.
5. Signage
Plan. All requests for signs
must be submitted to the City for approval and must contain a plan with detail
as to height, size, location, materials, color, style and lighting, together
with a full color rendering. The Signage
Plan must include the above information for all existing signage as well as for
the signage being requested. Except to
the extent this section specifically authorizes or prohibits signage, Section
10.16 of the City’s Zoning Ordinance regulating Signs shall continue to apply in
the Highway Commercial District.
As part of the Site Plan Review and
approval, the Planning Commission may recommend and the City Council may, on
the recommendation of the Planning Commission or on its own, require that
changes be made to a Site Plan. Such
changes may include, without limitation, limiting the size and number of street
accesses, requiring fencing or screening, requiring changes to the Landscape
Plan, requiring alteration of the location and types of lighting and signage,
altering parking lot design and layout, altering Building layout, and other
alterations and adjustments to ensure a design which is in conformance with
this Ordinance and the City’s Comprehensive Plan.
1) No structures
or combination of structures shall occupy more than 60% of the lot area.
2) Maximum floor
area ratio shall be 0.45. Floor area in
structures that is used for parking shall be exempt from the F.A.R.
limitation. Floor area ratio is the
numerical value obtained through dividing the gross floor area of a building or
buildings by the net area of the lot or parcel of land on which such building
or buildings are located.
3) Maximum height
shall be governed by Subdivision 6. C. 1. and Subdivision 6. C. 2. of this
article, but not exceeding 45 feet as regulated in Subdivision 6. A.
Subdivision
7. Design and Performance Standards.
A. Architectural
Standards.
1) As part of the
site plan review, a color illustration of all building elevations shall be
submitted.
2) The
architectural appearance, scale, and functional plan of the building(s) and
canopy shall be complementary and compatible with each other and the existing
buildings in the neighborhood setting.
3) Specially
designed precast concrete units shall be allowed throughout the C-3 District, if
the surfaces have been integrally treated with an applied decorative material
or texture (excluding raw concrete block painted or unpainted, or ceramic
faced).
4) Within 800
feet of the right-of-way of any highway, all building exteriors shall be brick,
stone (natural or artificial), decorative concrete block, EIFS, stucco, or
glass, or any combination thereof, except for trim accessories and the roof.
The exteriors of all other buildings located elsewhere in the C-3 district
shall consist of brick, stone (natural or artificial), decorative concrete
block, EIFS, stucco, or glass, or any combination thereof, or a decorative
material approved by the city council, including, but not limited to,
decorative masonry, but not including such things as plain basement block or
metal. The city council shall be
responsible for reviewing and making recommendations concerning alternate exterior
materials.
5) All buildings
shall have full footings and foundation.
6) Garish or
bright accent colors (i.e. orange, bright yellow or fluorescent colors) for
such building amenities such as cloth or metal awnings, trim, banding, walls,
entries or any portion of the building shall be minimized, but in no case shall
such coloring exceed five (5) percent of each wall area.
2) All exterior
storage shall be screened. The exterior storage screening required shall
consist of a solid fence or wall not less than five (5) feet high, but shall
not extend within fifteen (15) feet of any street, driveway, or lot line.
3)
Equipment
used for mechanical, processing, bulk storage tanks, or equipment used for
suppressing noise, odors and the like that protrudes from a side of a building
or is located on the ground adjacent to a building shall be screened from
public view as much as practical with materials matching the design of the
building. Where miscellaneous exterior
equipment cannot be fully screened with matching building materials,
landscaping may be used as additional screening.
a. From side
and rear property lines, an area of not less than ten feet wide shall be
landscaped in compliance with Subdivision 7. C.
b. From all road
right-of-ways, an area of not less than fifteen feet wide shall be landscaped
in compliance with this Section.
c. Where lots
abut residentially zoned property, a buffer yard of not less than twenty feet
wide shall be landscaped and screened in accordance with this Section.
d. All landscaped
area on the property must be maintained with a pre-installed sprinkler system
prior to sod or seeding. Irrigation systems must be designed such that water
pressure at the sprinkler or emitter is appropriate to the design, available
site water pressure and manufacturers’ specifications.
e. The property
owner shall be responsible for maintenance of all landscaping, including within
the boulevard.
2) Overstory
canopy of trees, umbrellas or other structures extending in to the pedestrian
clear passage zone or pedestrian aisle shall have a minimum clearance of seven
(7) feet above sidewalk.
3) Landscaping Methods. Landscaping may include seeding, sodding,
raised planter, architectural decorative wall or fencing (upon approval by City
Staff), trees, shrubs, ground cover and other landscape materials including
permanent sprinkling systems, foundations, stormwater runoff retention ponds,
reflective ponds, landscape lighting, rain gardens, and other methods of
stormwater treatments as discussed in the Comprehensive Plan.
4) Plant Material. Plant material
selection will take into consideration disease and insect resistance, hardiness
to the area, the ability to provide seasonal interest and future maintenance
considerations. Native species are
preferred. The following tree species will
not be allowed: Box Elder, female
Ginkgo, Willow and Cottonwoods (unless seedless). Pine trees will only be
allowed in locations that will not create a sightline or other hazard upon the
review by City Staff.
Subdivision 8. Parking: Purpose. Regulation of off-street parking
and loading space is necessary to alleviate or prevent congestion of the public
right-of-way and to promote the safety and general welfare of the public.
Regulation is accomplished by establishing minimum requirements for off-street
parking of vehicles and loading and unloading operations associated with their
use for the uses regulated by this Chapter by analysis of the intensity,
duration, time and style of utilization of the land or structures in or from
which each use is conducted.
A. Application of Off-Street Parking Regulations. Application for all occupancy permits shall be accompanied by a site
plan drawn to a readable scale, which indicates the location of off-street
parking and loading spaces on the site for which the occupancy permit is
requested.
B. General Provisions.
1)
Permits Prior to Effective Date. Structures or
uses for which a permit has been issued prior to the effective date of this
Chapter which are not completed on its effective date shall be exempt from the
parking requirements of this Chapter if the structure is completed within six
months after the effective date of this Chapter. In such cases, the parking and
loading facilities provided for the structure or use must comply with the
Chapter requirements, which were in effect at the time the permit was issued.
2)
Floor Area. Floor area shall mean gross floor
area as defined in the Rules and Definition Section. (Section 10.02 Subdivision
2) However, indoor parking and indoor loading spaces shall not be counted as
part of the floor area of a structure for the purpose of computing the number
of parking or loading spaces which are required.
3)
Design Capacity. When a
building's design capacity is used for purposes of calculating requirements for
off-street parking spaces, that design capacity shall be determined by
Subdivision 8. D. of this Ordinance or as determined by the Occupancy Loading
as specified in the Uniform Building Code.
An applicant may have fewer immediate available parking spaces, if the
applicant can demonstrate to the Community Development Director that because of
the hours, size, and/or mode of operation of the respective uses, there will be
an adequate amount of parking available for the use during its primary hours of
operation to meet the needs of such use at the time and can prove that the
parking requirements in the ordinance are excessive for the particular use at
the time of the application. However,
the applicant must be able to accommodate for additional parking if the demand
increases by providing the rest of the parking area as green space on the same
property as the primary use building and agree to designate it as future
parking if needed.
5)
Benches in Places of Public
Assembly. In stadium, sports arenas, structures of religious
institutions, and other places of public assembly in which patrons or
spectators occupy benches, pews, or other similar seating facilities, each 28
inches of such seating shall be counted as one seat for the purpose of
determining the requirements for off-street parking where the parking
requirement is calculated by application of a formula based on the total number
of seats.
6)
Calculating Space. When the calculation of the number of off-street parking spaces results
in a fraction, each fraction of 1/2 or more shall require another space.
7)
Calculating Space for a Compound
Use. Should a structure contain two or more types of uses, the
total off-street parking spaces required for each use shall be calculated
separately unless requirements for joint parking arrangements can be applied
and an agreement is executed in a form acceptable to and approved by the City.
8)
Joint Parking Facilities. Off-street parking facilities may be provided collectively in any
District for more than one structure or use, if the following conditions are
met.
1. The applicant can
demonstrate to the Community Development Director that because of the hours,
size, and mode of operation of the respective uses, there will be an adequate
amount of parking available to each use during its primary hours of operation to
meet the needs of such use.
2. The joint use of
the parking facilities shall be protected by covenants that run with the lots
housing all the joint users and the lot or lots on which the parking facility,
which satisfies the parking requirement of this Chapter, is provided. Those covenants
shall grant a perpetual easement for parking to the joint principal use lots.
The form, manner of execution, and content of such covenants must be approved
by the City Attorney and the document containing the covenants must be recorded
with the County Recorder.
3. Total required parking spaces for the joint use shall be
based on the combined peak requirement and shall not be fewer than the minimum
ordinance requirements for the use which requires the most parking.
9)
Use of Parking Area. Required off-street parking space and the driveways providing access to
them shall not be utilized for storage, display, sales, rental, or repair of
motor vehicles or any other goods, the storage of inoperable vehicles, or the
storage of snow.
C.
Design and Maintenance of Off-street Parking Areas.
1) Access and Location. Parking areas shall be designed to
provide access to a public alley or street.
No entrance to or exit from a parking area shall be more than 36 feet in
width, and under no circumstances will off-street parking areas be designed so
that vehicles must back into the street or public way. This prohibition shall not apply to alleys. No public or private garage in a Commercial
district for more than 5 motor vehicles shall have an entrance or exit within
30 feet of a Residential District boundary line.
2) Parking Spaces. Each parking space shall be at
least 9 feet wide and 18 feet long.
3) Handicapped Parking Spaces. The size, number, and location of
stalls reserved for "Parking for the Handicapped" shall be provided
as required by State and Federal regulations. Signs bearing the required legend
shall be erected to identify those spaces.
4) Paved Surfaces. All parking, loading, and
driveway areas must have concrete curbs and gutters, must be paved with
concrete, bituminous, or paver brick and must be properly striped. It is preferable that the paving be of a
pervious material.
5) Lighting. All parking lots containing parking for 20 vehicles or more
shall provide an average horizontal illumination of between 0.4
and 1.0 foot candles. All lighting shall comply with the performance
standards. Lighting shall be directed
away from adjacent family homes or duplexes.
6) Traffic Islands. Raised islands shall be provided
at the end of any parking row where it abuts vehicle circulation for traffic
control. Raised islands shall also be provided to separate pedestrian and
vehicular traffic.
7) Curbs. Design of curbs is
required per the City Engineers requirements.
Curbs or other means shall be provided to prevent parked vehicles from
overhanging property lines.
8) Parking Lot Minimum Interior Landscaping. Landscaping shall be installed and maintained in all setback areas
between the paved areas and the property lines.
At least 10% of all parking areas with more than 10 parking spaces must
be landscaped. This does not apply to
structured parking underground or multistory.
9) Parking Space Abutting Residential Use Districts. When a parking lot for six or more vehicles is located abutting a
residential district or residential developed property, a landscaped side yard
consisting of evergreen trees and shrubs and other plant material capable of
measuring at least three feet high within two (2) years after being planted
shall be planted. Exceptions may be granted through site/design review, as
appropriate for mixed-use projects.
10) Maintenance of Off-street Parking
Space. The owner and tenant shall maintain the parking space,
access ways, landscaping, setback areas, and required fences in a neat and
adequate manner.
D. Off-Street Parking and Loading.
1) Number of Required Off-street
Parking Spaces. The minimum number of
required off-street parking spaces for the following uses shall be as follows:
a.
Commercial Uses:
1)
Animal Hospitals and
Kennels. One parking space for each 200 square feet of floor area but not less
than five spaces.
2)
Bank, Financial Service. One parking space for every 250
square feet of floor area.
3)
Business/Trade Schools. One parking space per student
calculated by reference to the design of the school structure plus one space
for each classroom.
4)
Clubs and Lodges. One parking space for each three seats
calculated by reference to the design capacity of the meeting hall plus one
parking space for every 25 square feet of customer space in the dining area and
bar areas.
5)
Convention/Exhibition Hall. One parking space for each three
seats calculated by reference to the design capacity of the meeting hall.
6)
Funeral Home. One parking space for each five seats plus one
parking space for each 250 square feet of floor area not used for seating. If
fixed seats are not provided, the requirement shall be one space for every 35
square feet of seating area.
7)
Food Service/Bakeries. One parking space for each 25 square
feet of customer floor area.
8)
Hotel/Motel. One and a half (1.5) spaces for each dwelling
unit, guest room, or hotel room. Any other use such as restaurant and
conference space requires additional parking and
loading spaces determined by the parking requirements for those other uses
specified in this Section.
9)
Convenience Store with gasoline. If part of a complex, at
least six (6) spaces plus one space for each employee on duty during the
largest shift shall be required. Space
for vehicles adjacent to gasoline pumps shall not count toward the required
spaces. A stand-alone store shall
require 15 stalls plus one stall for each employee on duty during the largest
shift. Space for vehicles adjacent to
gasoline pumps shall not count toward the required spaces. Facilities designed for sale of retail
merchandise in addition to gasoline and convenience items shall require
additional parking in compliance with other applicable regulations in this
Section.
10)Offices. One parking
space for every 250 square feet of floor area.
11)Medical and Dental
Offices and Clinics. One parking space for each 200 square feet of floor area
but not less than five spaces.
12) Printing Process.
One parking space for each 100 square feet of customer floor area.
13)Bowling Alley. Five
(5) parking spaces for each alley. Other uses which are commonly associated
with bowling alleys such as restaurants and game room space will require
additional parking and loading spaces, the number of which shall be determined
by the parking requirements for those other uses specified in this Section.
14)Pool Halls, Video
Arcades. One parking space for each 25 square feet of customer area.
15)Skating Rink or
Public Auction House. Fifty (50) parking spaces, plus one additional space for
each 100 square feet of floor space in excess of 2,000 square feet.
16)Sports/Health Clubs,
Culture Studio, Swimming Pool. One parking space for every 200 square feet of
non-court area plus two parking spaces per tennis or racquet ball court and one
parking space for each 50 square feet of deck area for a swimming pool.
17)Theater, Auditorium,
Assembly Hall, Meeting Hall. One parking space for each three seats of design
capacity.
18)Restaurants. One parking space for every three restaurant
seats.
19)Retail Store and
Service Establishment. One parking space for each 200 square feet of gross
floor area.
20)Shopping Centers. One
parking space for each 200 square feet of floor area.
21)Studios. One parking
space for each 400 square feet of floor area.
22)The Planning Commission and city staff shall reasonably determine all
other uses and the required parking spaces and make a recommendation to the
City Council.
2) Loading Docks. No loading docks shall face a public road
unless screened. Visual screens/walls or
other architectural features shall be installed to screen the view of a loading
dock from any public road. Screens/walls
may consist of dense vegetation such as, but not limited to, hedgerows. Any architectural features used as a
screen/wall shall be compatible with the exterior building wall materials and
the design of the street face of the building.
The screen/wall or architectural feature shall be of sufficient height
and width to eliminate views of the loading dock from adjacent sidewalks and
roadways. All screens/walls or
architectural features required by this subdivision shall require approval by
the City Council upon recommendation of the Planning Commission. Screening per Subdivision 7C of this Section
shall be provided if any loading dock is facing any adjacent property zoned R-1
or R-2.
3) Off-Street Loading and Unloading
Space. In the Commercial District, one (1)
off-street loading and unloading space shall be provided for each store unit
having a gross floor area of 10,000 square feet or less. One (1) additional
space shall be provided for each additional 15,000 square feet of floor space.
Direct Light: Light emitted directly from the lamp, off of the reflector or reflector diffuser, or through the refractor or diffuser lens, of a luminarie.
Fixture: The assembly that houses the lamp or lamps and can include all or some of the following parts: a housing, a mounting bracket or pole socket, a lamp holder, a ballast, a reflector or mirror, and/or a refractor or lens.
Flood or Spot light: Any light fixture or lamp that incorporates a reflector or a refractor to concentrate the light output into a directed beam in a particular direction.
Footcandles: The amount of light reaching the subject. A unit of illumination produced on a surface, all points of which are one foot from a uniform point source of one-candle.
Full Cutoff- Type Luminaire: A luminaire constructed or shielded to direct all light at a cutoff angle of less than 90 degrees. Also, referred to as a Horizon Limited Luminaire.
Fully-shielded lights: outdoor light fixtures shielded or constructed so that no light rays are emitted by the installed fixture at angles above the horizontal plane as certified by a photometric test report.
Glare: Light emitting from a luminaire with an intensity great enough to reduce a viewer's ability to see, and in extreme cases causing momentary blindness.
Grandfathered luminaires: Luminaires not conforming to this code that were in place at the time this code was voted into effect. When an ordinance "grandfathers" a luminaire, it means that such already-existing outdoor lighting does not need to be changed unless a specified period is specified for adherence to the code.
Height of Luminaire: The height of a luminaire shall be the vertical distance from the ground directly below the centerline of the luminaire to the lowest direct-light-emitting part of the luminaire.
Indirect Light: Direct light that has been reflected or has scattered off of other surfaces.
Lamp: The component of a luminaire that produces the actual light.
Light Trespass: The shining of light produced by a luminaire beyond the boundaries of the property on which it is located.
Lumen: The amount of light that a bulb produces. One footcandle is one lumen per square foot. For the purposes of this Ordinance, the lumen-output values shall be the INITIAL lumen output ratings of a lamp.
Luminaire: This is a complete lighting system, and includes a lamp or lamps and a fixture (including all the necessary mechanical, electrical, and decorative parts).
Outdoor Lighting: The night-time illumination of an outside area or object by any man-made device located outdoors that produces light by any means.
Temporary outdoor lighting: The specific illumination of an outside area of object by any man-made device located outdoors that produces light by any means for a period of less than 7 days, with at least 180 days passing before being used again.
Wattage: The amount
of electricity consumed by a bulb.
B. Purpose and
Scope: The purpose of this Subdivision is to
establish exterior lighting requirements that will 1) permit reasonable uses of
lighting for night-time safety, utility, security, productivity, enjoyment, and
commerce, 2) minimize glare, obtrusive light and artificial sky glow by
limiting outdoor lighting that is misdirected, excessive or unnecessary, 3)
conserve energy and resources to the greatest extent possible and 4) help
protect the natural environment from the damaging effect of night lighting from
man-made sources.
C. Applicability.
1) All outdoor
lighting fixtures (luminaries) on highway commercial properties shall be
installed in conformance with the provisions of this Section as applicable as
well as the latest rules, codes and regulations, including but not limited to
OSHA, National Fire Codes of Fire Protection Association (NFPA) and National
Electrical Code. In addition, all
lighting fixtures shall be installed under appropriate permit and inspection.
D. Nonconforming
Uses; Existing Fixtures:
1) Existing
Fixtures. All outdoor
lighting fixtures existing and legally installed prior to the effective date
hereof are exempt from regulations of this section but shall comply with the
ordinance requirements for glare as follows:
Any lighting used to illuminate an off-street parking area, sign or
other structure shall be arranged as to deflect light away from any adjoining
residential zone or from the public streets.
Direct or sky reflected glare, where from floodlights or from high
temperature processes such as combustion or welding, shall not be directed into
any adjoining property. The source of
lights shall be hooded or controlled in some manner so as not to light adjacent
property. Any light or combination of
lights which casts light on a public street shall not exceed one foot-candle
(meter reading) as measured from the right-of-way line of said street. Any light or combination of lights which
casts lights on residential property shall not exceed four-tenths (0.4) foot
candles (meter reading) as measured from said property.
2) New Fixtures. Whenever a light fixture that was existing on
the effective date hereof is replaced by a new outdoor light fixture, the
provisions of this section shall be compiled with.
E. General
Performance Standards.
1) Control of
Glare—Design
a.
Any
luminarie with a lamp or lamps rated at a total of
MORE than 1800 lumens, and all flood or spot luminaries with a lamp or lamps
rated at a total of MORE than 900 lumens, shall not emit any direct light above
a horizontal plane through the lowest direct-light-emitting part of the
luminaire.
b.
Any
luminaire with a lamp or lamps rate at a total of MORE than 1800 lumens, and
all flood or spot luminaires with a lamp or lamps rated at a total of MORE than
900 lumens, shall be mounted at a height equal to or less than the value 3 +
(D/3), where D is the distance in feet to the nearest property boundary. The maximum height of the luminaire may not
exceed 35 feet. In no case shall the
height of a light source mounted on a pole or on a building exceed the height
limits of the zoning district in which the use is located, unless allowed by
conditional use permit.
c. Canopy Lighting. Canopy lighting under the canopy structure shall consist of canister spotlights recessed into the canopy. No portion of the light source or fixture may extend below the ceiling of the canopy. Total canopy illumination below the canopy may not exceed one hundred fifteen (5) foot candles at ground level.
d. Light Cutoff. The luminaire shall contain a cutoff which directs and cuts off the light at an angle of ninety degrees (90°) or less.
e. Perimeter Lighting. Lighting at the periphery of the site and building shall be directed downward, and individual lights shall not exceed fifteen (5) foot candles at ground level.
f. Illumination. Maximum site illumination shall not exceed four-tenths (0.4) foot candle at ground level when measured at any boundary line with an adjoining residential property or any public property.
g. Method of Measuring Light Illumination. The foot-candle level of a light source shall be taken after dark with the light meter held six inches (6”) above the ground with the meter facing the light source. Two readings shall be taken to ensure accuracy.
2) Exceptions of Control of Glare.
a. Any luminaire with a lamp or lamps rated at a total of 1800 lumens or LESS, and all flood or spot luminaires with a lamp or lamps rated at 900 lumens or LESS, may be used without restriction to light distribution or mounting height, except that if any spot of flood luminaire rated 900 lumens or LESS is aimed, directed, or focused such as to cause direct light from the luminaire to be directed toward residential buildings on adjacent or nearby land, or to create glare perceptible to persons operating motor vehicles on public ways, the luminaire shall be redirected or its light output controlled as necessary to eliminate such conditions.
b. All temporary emergency lighting needed by the Police or Fire Departments or other emergency services, as well as all vehicular Luminaires, shall be exempt from the requirements of this article.
c. All hazard warning Luminaires required by Federal regulatory agencies are exempt from the requirements of this Section, except that all luminaries used must be red and must be shown to be as close as possible to the Federally required minimum lumen output requirement for the specific task.
d. Luminaires used primarily for sign illumination may be mounted at any height to a maximum of 40 feet, regardless of lumen rating.
e. Law Governing Conflicts. Where any provision of federal, state, county, or town statutes, codes, or laws conflicts with any provision of this code, the most restrictive shall govern unless otherwise regulated by law.
4) PROHIBITIONS.
a. Laser Source Light. The use of laser source light or any similar height intensity light for outdoor advertising or entertainment, when projected above the horizontal is prohibited.
b. Searchlights. The operation of searchlights for advertising purposed is prohibited without prior City Approval by Planning Commission and City Council. In no case shall the owner of the property be allowed to operate searchlights for advertising purposes more than twice per year.
5) HOURS.
a. Outdoor Advertising Off-Site Signs. Electrical illumination of outdoor advertising off-site signs is prohibited between the hours of 11:00pm and sunrise.
b. The use of outdoor lights for parking lots serving commercial businesses shall be turned off one hour after closing, except for approved security lighting.
All illuminated window signs for advertising purposes shall be turned off between twelve o’clock (12:00) midnight and sunrise; except, that said signs may be illuminated while the business facility on the premises is open for service.
6) TEMPORARY OUTDOOR LIGHTING.
a. Any temporary outdoor lighting that conforms to the requirements of this Ordinance shall be allowed. Nonconforming temporary outdoor lighting may be permitted by the Community Development Director or staff designee after considering: (1) the public and/or private benefits that will result from the temporary lighting; (2) any annoyance or safety problems that may result from the use of the temporary lighting; and (3) the duration of the temporary nonconforming lighting. The applicant shall submit a detailed description of the proposed temporary nonconforming lighting to the Community Development Director.
7)
NEW SUBDIVISION CONSTRUCTION.
a. Submission
Contents. The applicant for any permit
required by any provision of the laws of this jurisdiction in connection with
proposed work involving outdoor lighting fixtures shall submit (as part of the
application for permit) evidence that the proposed work will comply with this
Code. The submission shall contain but
shall not necessarily be limited to the following, all or part of which may be
part or in addition to the information required elsewhere in the laws of this
jurisdiction upon application for the required permit:
§ Plans indicating the location on the premises, and the type of illuminating devices, fixtures, lamps, supports, reflectors, and other devices;
§ Description of the illuminating devices, fixtures, lamps, supports, reflectors, and other devices and the description may include, but is not limited to, catalog cuts by manufacturers and drawings (including sections where required);
§ Photometric data, such as that furnished by manufacturers or similar showing the angle of cut off or light emissions.
b. Additional Submission. The above required plans, descriptions and data shall be sufficiently complete to enable the plans examiner to readily determine whether compliance with the requirements of this Code will be secured. If such plans, descriptions and data cannot enable this ready determination, by reason of the nature or configuration of the devices, fixtures, or lamps proposed, the applicant shall additionally submit as evidence of compliance to enable such determination such certified reports of tests as will do so provided that these tests shall have been performed and certified by a recognized testing laboratory.
c. Subdivision Plat Certification. If any subdivision proposes to have installed street or other common or public area outdoor lighting, the final plat shall contain a statement certifying that the applicable provisions of the City of Sauk Rapids Exterior Lighting Code will be adhered to.
d. Lamp or Fixture Substitution. Should any outdoor light fixture, or the type of light source therein, be changed after the permit has been issued, a change request must be submitted to the building official for his approval together with adequate information to assure compliance with this code, which must be received prior to substitution.
F. LEDs. Light Emitting
Diodes (LEDs) may be used as building edge lighting in this district. This LED edge lighting shall be prohibited on
any portion of a building facing residentially zoned property. Acceptable edge lighting will be determined
by the Community Development Director.
The LEDs on a building will not count against the calculated sign square
footage unless configured as a logo, symbol, trademark, or words as determined
by the Community Development Director.
Subdivision
10. Other Requirements.
A. Existing
Buildings.
1) Existing
buildings are exempt from the building exteriors standards until they
expand. At that time the Planning
Commission shall review the proposed exterior through the site plan process to
determine if it meets the intent of the Ordinance and make a recommendation to
the City Council.
B. Noise. It is unlawful to make, continue or cause to
be made or continued, any noise in excess of the noise levels set forth unless
such noise be reasonably necessary to the preservation of life, health, safety,
or property. Sound in excess of the
residential district limitation as measured in a residential district are
violations of this Section whether the sound originates in a residential
district or any other district.
Duration
of Sound |
6:00am-6:00pm |
6:00pm-6:00am |
Less
than 10 minutes |
75
dB |
70
dB |
Between
10 minutes and 2 hours |
70
dB |
60
dB |
In
excess of 2 hours |
60
dB |
50
dB |
C. Fences. Fences shall be limited to 8 feet in
height. Fences may be constructed on the
property line, except that a 3-foot setback is required from an alley
right-of-way. On corner lots, fences may
not be placed within 15 feet of the edge of the roadway or on the public
right-of-way.
Subdivision
11. Snow Removal.
After
an official snowfall of three (3) inches or more, property owners have 36 hours
to clear their parking stalls. Property owners shall be allowed to pile snow
on a portion of their parking lots so long as the minimum number of parking
stalls required by City ordinance is maintained. Property owners must maintain their required
minimum number of parking stalls. Any
costs of removal incurred by the City shall be assessed to the property and may
be collected in the manner of ordinary debt or in the manner of taxes and all
costs shall be assessed against the property.
This does not apply to properties with single-family detached
dwellings.
Subdivision 12. Performance Standards.
A. Metal Roofing. All metal roofs must:
1.
Have an Energy Star rating (list available at www.energystar.gov)
2.
Be 26 or 24 gauge steel
3.
Be standing-seam profiled metal
4.
Have a corrosion resistant coating such as zinc,
aluminum, alloys of zinc-aluminum, or tin if the material is galvanized steel,
aluminized steel, zinc-aluminum-coated steel or terne-coated steel
5.
Have concealed fasteners
6.
If painted, have at least a 20
year paint warranty
SECTION 10.13 INDUSTRIAL DISTRICT, I-1.
Subdivision 1. Permitted Uses. The following uses are permitted in
areas zoned for light industry provided that no facility which is noxious or
hazardous or which would violate any Minnesota Statute shall be permitted:
A. Offices or studios of business,
professional and service occupations such as an accountant, broker, engineer,
insurance adjuster, interior decorator, lawyer, physician, photographer,
realtor and chiropractor.
B. Funeral
Homes.
C. Storage buildings, not higher than 15
feet used by the occupants of the principal structure and having a floor area
of less than 120 square feet.
D. Restaurants, taverns and places of
amusement and recreation such as bowling alleys, swimming pools, and skating
rinks.
E. The retail sale of merchandise.
F. Convenience stores.
G. Automotive sales and service, service
stations, service garages. All vehicles
stored outside of roofed structures must be stored on paved or concrete
surfaces. No vehicle repairs may be
undertaken outside of roofed structures.
H. Rental of household appliances,
household furnishings and clothing.
I. Wholesale business establishments,
excluding petroleum or other toxic or flammable chemical businesses.
J. Warehouses
or truck terminals.
K. Contractor's shops, roofing,
electrical, blacksmith, carpentry, glazing, heating, plumbing, painting,
paperhanging, ventilating, welding, upholstering, fencing, or business of a
similar nature.
L. Storage yards for building materials,
coal, wood or ice.
M. Rental of equipment, tools and trucks.
N. Bottling works and distributors.
O. Printing facilities.
P. Kennels housing 4 or more animals.
Q. Storage
and sale of building materials.
R. Mini-storage facilities, self storage
facilities, or public storage facilities, defined as a storage facility serving
multiple tenants with individual access to rental spaces.
S. Adult Use Establishments with a minimum
separation of 350
lineal feet from any other Adult Use Establishment and 1,000 lineal feet from
any hotel, motel, nursing care home, housing for the elderly, day care
facility, church, school, and any residentially zoned property. Adult Use Establishments shall only be
allowed in I-1 Industrial Districts.
T. Wholesale lens grinding.
Subdivision 2. Manufacturing Permitted in I-1 District. The following are permitted in an I-1 Industrial District:
A. The manufacture, compounding,
processing, packing or treatment of products such as candy, cosmetics, drugs,
perfumes, pharmaceuticals, toiletries and food products except the rendering of
fats and oils.
B. The manufacture, compounding, assembly
or treatment of particles or merchandise from the following previously prepared
materials: aluminum, bone, brass, bronze, cellophane, canvas, cloth, cork,
feathers, felt, fiber, fur, glass, hair, horn, iron, leather, paper, plastics,
precious or semi-precious metal or stones, shell, rubber, steel, tin, tobacco,
wood (excluding saw mills), and tars and paint not involving a boiling process.
Subdivision 3. Permitted Accessory Uses. The following are permitted accessory uses in
an I-1, Industrial District:
A. Shelter for watch-persons.
Subdivision 4. Uses by Conditional Permits. (See also
Section 10.17). The following uses are subject to a Conditional Use Permit in
an I-1, Industrial District:
A. The entirely enclosed, in a roofed
structure, storage of junk and salvage, scrap metal, paper, rags, household
appliances, or recyclables.
B. The storage of common chemicals not
involving noxious odors or dangers of fire or explosions.
C. The manufacture or storage of
insecticides and disinfectants.
D. The assembly or manufacturing of
machinery tools and electrical equipment.
E. The packing and processing of meat and
flesh products.
F. The deposit or removal of debris, dirt,
or fill (not including the extraction or mining of rock, minerals, gravel or
sand for resale purposes or the deposit of domestic, commercial, industrial, or
toxic wastes, hazardous substances, or compost) over 30 cubic yards. Said Conditional Use shall require a finished
grading plan which will not adversely affect the development of the surrounding
land. Upon the issuance of the Conditional
Use Permit, the applicant shall enter into an agreement with the City, properly
secured by a performance bond guaranteeing that the affected property shall be
left in a satisfactory condition as shown on said plan.
G. Bulk gas storage.
H. Towers that comply with Section 10.15A
of this Ordinance.
I. Animal Shelters provided that:
1.
Animals remain indoors at all times.
a. Exceptions
1) Dogs may be
taken for walks outside of the facility providing they are on a leash, however
under no circumstances will dogs be allowed to be tied up on a leash outside of
the facility.
2) Animals being
considered for adoption may be taken outside of the facility by the potential
adopter, providing that the animal is kept on a leash at all times.
2.
They are located in a freestanding building.
3.
The shelter must be at least 500 feet from residential homes.
4.
Non domesticated animals and farm animals as defined in Section 4 of
this Ordinance, shall only be allowed provided that protective devices adequate
to prevent such animals from escaping or injuring the public are established
and maintained.
5.
All deceased animals must be disposed of offsite.
6.
Adoption.
a. All dogs and
cats that are adopted must be spayed or neutered. Adult dogs and cats shall be
spayed or neutered within one month of adoption. Puppies and kittens shall be
spayed or neutered within 3 months of adoption.
b. The Shelter
shall provide an information packet to anyone considering adoption of a pet
that will include at minimum the requirements to spay or neuter and a statement
advising people to check with their local ordinances concerning animal control
regulations.
7.
Ventilation rates for Animal Shelters shall be determined by an approved
engineering analysis. Air temperature
must be maintained between sixty and seventy-five degrees
Fahrenheit.
8.
All Animal Shelters shall be responsible for immediately removing any
feces of the animals and disposal of such feces in a sanitary manner. Additionally, the Animal Shelter must manage
the feces and other bodily wastes from any animal in a timely and sanitary
manner so as to prevent health risks, and must maintain an animal and the area
where it is kept so as to prevent the detection of odors off the property that
offend the senses of a reasonable person for more than one day. All facilities must take such steps as
necessary to correct a violation within 24 hours of being provided notice by
the Police Department.
9.
All floors and walls shall be of a non-porous material or sealed
concrete to make it non-porous.
10.
A separate room shall be provided to separate sick or injured animals
from the healthy animals.
11.
Kennel size.
a. A confinement
area must provide sufficient space to allow each animal to turn about freely
and to easily stand, sit, and lie in a normal position. Each confined animal
must be provided a minimum square footage of floor space as measured from the
tip of its nose to the base of its tail, plus 25 percent, expressed in square
feet. The formula for computing minimum square footage is: (length of animal in
inches plus 25 percent) times (length of animal in inches plus 25 percent),
divided by 144. A shaded area must be provided sufficient to protect the animal
from the direct rays of the sun at all times during the months of May to
October.
b. All dogs and
cats must have their own kennel, and only one dog or cat may occupy a kennel at
one time unless the dogs or cats are under 6 months of age.
c. Dog kennels
may not be stacked on top of each other.
1. An indoor
kennel run for exercising the animals shall be provided.
2. Except to the
extent where this section is more restrictive, all shelters shall meet the Best
Management and Standards for Care of Dogs and Cats as adopted by the Minnesota
Department of Agriculture pursuant to Minnesota Statutes 346.58.
J. Uses the City Council determines to be substantially similar to those
listed in this zoning district and not detrimental to the City’s general health
and welfare. The City Council’s determination shall be based on the following:
1. There is a presumption
that uses not specifically listed in the
ordinance are not permissible. The presumption may be overcome by City
Council finding that the unlisted use is substantially similar to those listed
in the zoning district. The applicant has the sole burden to prove that the
proposed unlisted use is substantially similar to those listed in the zoning
district.
2. The City
in reviewing such requests must determine that the proposed use is consistent
with the intent of the ordinance and the Comprehensive Plan.
3. The Planning Commission
shall make a recommendation to the City Council based on the criteria contained
within this section.
4. Upon the Planning
Commission's recommendation, City Council in its sole discretion shall make the
final determination that the above criteria are met.
5. This provision shall not
be interpreted to allow a use that is allowed as a permitted or conditional use
in another district.
K.
Licensed Community Residential Facility.
L.
Unlicensed Community Residential Facility.
Subdivision 5. Use
by Interim Permit (See also Section 10.17A). The following uses are subject to an Interim Use Permit in an I-1, Industrial
District:
A. Hoop/Tubular Frame Buildings are allowed as an
Interim Use under condition imposed by the City Council upon recommendation of
the Planning Commission including but not limited to, hours of operation,
building size, location on property, signage, and minimum parking requirements.
B. Religious institutions such as
churches, chapels, temples and synagogues provided that an alternate site
cannot be secured in City zoning districts which allow religious institutions
as permitted or conditional uses and provided that the site meet the following
performance standards:
1. The site
shall have at least one parking space for every three seats.
2. The
applicant shall submit a schedule of office hours, days and times of worship
assembly, educational services, daycare and other activities.
C. Solar Projects subject to the following
standards:
1.
Setbacks:
a. All Solar Projects shall have a minimum 50 foot side and rear yard setback.
b. All Solar Projects shall have a 450 foot setback to any residential
home not located on the same property.
2. Shall not exceed 15 feet in height.
3. Shall be subject to stormwater management and
erosion and sediment control best practices and NPDES permit requirements, and
shall obtain requisite permits from the MPCA, local watershed district, City
and other regulatory agencies.
4. Shall be in
compliance with any applicable local, state and federal regulatory standards,
including building, electrical and plumbing codes.
5. Power and communication lines that are not
defined in this ordinance as essential services and running between banks of
solar panels to electric substations or interconnections with buildings that
are on adjacent parcels shall be buried underground.
6. A densely planted landscaped buffer that
includes a combination of evergreen trees and shrubs with a minimum six (6)
foot tall black vinyl-coated chain link fence located inside the landscape
perimeter shall be used where the Solar Project is adjacent to a public road or
a residentially zoned property. The Council may require additional landscaping
at their discretion depending on the adjacent uses and the need for screening.
Additionally, the Council may allow other types of fencing such as woven wire,
at its discretion. Plantings shall not be a lesser height than that of the
solar array at time of plantings.
7. Solar energy systems shall not be used for
the display of advertising.
8. A professional licensed engineer in the state
of Minnesota shall certify that the foundation and design of the solar panels
is within accepted professional standards, given local soil and climate
conditions.
9. All solar energy systems using a reflector to
enhance solar production shall minimize glare from the reflector that may
affect adjacent or nearby properties. Steps to minimize glare nuisance may
include selective placement of the system, screening on the side of the solar
energy system facing the reflectors, reducing use of the reflector system, or other
remedies that limit glare. Regardless, all Solar Projects shall be designed and
located in order to prevent reflective glare toward inhabited buildings on
adjacent properties and adjacent right of ways.
10. No on-site
system to store energy using batteries shall be allowed.
11. All
Interim Use Permit applications for Solar Projects shall include a site plan of
existing conditions that includes:
a. Existing property lines and property lines
extending one hundred (100) feet from the exterior boundaries, including the
names of the adjacent property owners and current use of those properties.
b. Existing public and private roads, showing
widths of the roads and any associated easements.
c. Existing buildings onsite.
d. Topography at (2) foot intervals and source
of contour interval, an contour map of surrounding properties
may also be required.
e. Existing vegetation (list type and percent of
coverage; i.e. grassland, pasture, plowed field, wooded areas, etc.).
f. Waterways,
watercourses, lakes and public water wetlands.
g. Delineated wetland boundaries.
h. The one hundred (100) - year flood elevation and Regulatory
Flood Protection Elevation, floodway, flood fringe and/or general flood plain
district boundary, if applicable.
i. Drainage and grading plan.
j. Location and spacing of solar panels.
k. Planned location of underground or overhead
electric lines connecting the solar farm to the building, substation or other
electric load.
l. Sketch elevation of the premises accurately
depicting the proposed solar energy conversion system and its relationship to
structures on adjacent lots (if any);
m. Glare
Study. Solar Projects utilizing a reflector system shall conduct a glare study
(US Dept. of Energy’s Solar Glare Hazard Analysis Tool) to identify the impacts
of the system on occupied buildings and transportation rights-of-way within a
half mile of the project boundary.
n. A detailed landscaping plan
o. Decommissioning Plan:
A
decommissioning plan shall be required for Solar Projects to ensure that
facilities are properly removed after the expiration of the IUP, or, if
earlier, after the useful life of solar panels and other facilities.
Decommissioning of solar panels and related facilities must occur in the event
the IUP expires or is terminated, and/or the solar panels are not in use for
twelve (12) consecutive months. The plan shall include provisions for removal
of all structures, foundations, equipment and power and communication lines,
restoration of soil and vegetation to its pre-developed condition, and a
financial guarantee ensuring that financial resources will be available to
fully decommission the site. The City may require that the applicant provide a
bond, letter of credit, escrow or other financial security in a form and amount
set by the City, naming the City as obligee. In
determining the financial security, the City shall require an inflationary
escalator in determining the appropriate amount of security.
If said
decommissioning has not been completed within a six (6) month period after the
IUP has expired or has been terminated and/or the solar panels are not in use
for (12) twelve consecutive months, then the City shall provide written notice
by certified mail to the landowner requiring that decommissioning be completed
within thirty (30) calendar days of the receipt of said notice. If the
decommissioning has not been completed within thirty (30) calendar days of the
receipt of said notice, the City may either undertake the decommissioning and
charge the landowner and/or facility owner and operator for all of the costs
and expenses thereof, including reasonable attorney’s fees, or take appropriate
legal action to compel the decommissioning. All costs incurred by the City
shall be billed to the landowner and if not paid within sixty (60) calendar
days of billing, shall become a lien against the project or levied as an
assessment against the property.
In the event
that the City chooses to undertake the decommissioning as stated above, the
City shall have the right to draw on the bond, letter of credit, escrow or
other financial security at its discretion.
Subdivision 6. Area,
Height, Frontage and Yard Requirements.
The following minimum requirements shall be observed on all lots:
A. It
shall be the responsibility of the Council to authorize permits for the
construction of buildings in the Industrial District on the basis of the actual
widths and areas proposed by the builder to allow room for such buildings and
its use to conform with this Chapter.
Each proposal shall be referred to the Planning Commission for study and
recommendation.
B. Setbacks. As part of the site plan review, setbacks
will be established for each individual development by the Council, upon
recommendation of the Planning Commission, subject to the following minimum
standards:
1. Where an
Industrial District is separated from a Residential District by a street, the
front yard setback from the property line in the Industrial District shall be
not less than 60 feet.
2. The side yard
setback shall be 20 feet. The side yard
adjacent to a Residential District shall provide for a landscaped strip at
least 30 feet in width along such boundary line in addition to a 45 foot wide strip which may be used for parking making a
total side yard of at least 75 feet in width.
3. The rear yard
setback shall be 30 feet which may be used for parking. If the rear yard of an Industrial District
abuts on or is across an alley from a Residential District, an additional 45 foot wide strip which may be used for parking shall be
added, making a total setback of at least 75 feet in width.
C. Height. No structure or building shall exceed 40
feet above grade in height.
D. Landscaping. Any yard bordering a street shall be
landscaped. All industrial properties
shall be landscaped as a part of any new building or expansion project. Such required landscape plans shall include
over story trees, under story trees, shrubs, deciduous trees, coniferous trees,
or ground covers.
E. Site
Plan. The application for a building
permit shall be accompanied by a complete site plan pursuant to Section 10.06A
of this Chapter.
F. Fences. Fences
shall be limited to 8 feet in height.
Fences may be constructed on the property line, except a 3 foot setback is required from an alley right-of-way. On corner lots, fences may not be placed
within 15 feet of the edge of the roadway or on public right-of-way.
Subdivision 7. Performance Standards. (See also
Section 3.50 of the City Code - Sewer Use Code).
A. Statement
of Use. Every applicant for a permit
to develop any industrial property in the City shall be required to submit a
complete and accurate statement concerning the specific nature of the use to
which the property is to be put. It
shall be required by the City Council that any use established in the
Industrial District shall be so operated that the entire community and
surrounding communities shall be protected from any nuisance brought about by
smoke, noise, odors, vibrations, or any other activity that might be deemed
detrimental to the public health, safety or general welfare of surrounding
inhabitants. At the request of the City
Council, the property owner shall verify by generally accepted and recognized test
procedures that the use of the property does not create a condition detrimental
to the public health, safety or general welfare.
B. Storage. The storage of all waste, debris,
recyclables, and excess materials, supplies, non-usable products, equipment, or
other materials used by the industry shall be completely enclosed within a
structure or fence, not less than 8 feet in height and of a 100% opaque
material.
C. Environmental
Standards. The following performance
standards shall apply to industrial properties within 1,000 feet of any
residentially zoned property:
1. Glare.
a. Any lighting
used to illuminate an off-street parking area, sign or other structure shall be
arranged so as to deflect light away from any adjoining residential zone or
from the public streets. The source of
lights shall be hooded or controlled in some manner so as not to light adjacent
property. Bare incandescent light bulbs
shall not be permitted in view of adjacent property or public right-of-way.
b. Any light or
combination of lights which cast light on a public street shall not exceed 1
foot candle (meter reading) as measured from the center line of said
street. Any light or combination of
lights which cast light on residential property shall not exceed 4 foot candles (meter reading) as measured from said
property.
2. Smoke, Dust and Other Particulate Matter. No owner or operator of an industrial
facility shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from the property any
gases which exhibit greater than 20% opacity; except that a maximum of 40%
opacity shall be permissible for 4 minutes in any 60-minute period (Minnesota.
Rules 7011.0105).
3. Odors.
Simultaneous complaints of offensive odors by 3 or more different
property owners and verified by a police officer may be directed to the
Minnesota Pollution Control Agency Air Quality Division for investigation and
enforcement of appropriate rules and standards.
4. Noise.
The following noise standard limiting the levels of sound received by
any residential zoned property is established on the basis of present knowledge
for the preservation of public health and welfare. This standard is consistent with speech,
sleep, annoyance and hearing conservation requirements:
a. Daytime,
between the hours of 7:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m., decibels (db) measured sound
levels shall not exceed 60, 50% of the time or 65, 10% of the time during any 1 hour survey.
b. Nighttime,
between the hours of 10:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m., decibels (db) measured sound
levels shall not exceed 50, 50% of the time or 55, 10% of the time during any 1 hour survey.
c. Measurement
methodology, including measurement location, equipment specifications,
measurement procedures and data documentation shall conform to Minnesota. Rules
7030.006 and are incorporated by reference.
Subdivision 8. Off-Street Parking.
A. 2 parking spaces for every 3 employees
or 1 space for every 1,000 square feet of gross floor area, whichever is
greater is required in an I-1, Industrial District; except religious
institutions, including churches, chapels, temples and synagogues shall have
the greater of 1 space for every 250 feet of gross floor area or 1 space for
every 3 seats.
B. There shall be no off-street parking
within 5 feet of any street right-of-way or 3 feet from the adjacent property
line.
C. Any
off-street parking area containing 5 or more parking spaces must be screened
from any adjacent Residential District by fencing or plantings.
D. A parking space, as referred to in this
Chapter, shall be at least 9 feet
wide by 18 feet long.
E. All off-street parking areas shall be
provided with a concrete or asphalt surface, adequate drainage, and, if
lighting is used, it shall be directed away from adjacent single-family homes
or duplexes.
F. No entrance to or exit from a parking
area shall be more than 24 feet in width, and under no circumstances will
off-street parking areas be designed so that vehicles must back into the street
or public way. This prohibition shall
not apply to alleys.
Subdivision 9. Off-Street Loading.
A. In an Industrial District, the use of
any building requiring loading or unloading of materials to or from trucks
shall require 2 off-street loading spaces for the first 10,000 square feet of
floor space and 1 space for each additional 15,000 square feet of floor space
thereafter.
B. No required off-street loading space
shall be less than 100 feet from any Residential District boundary line.
Subdivision 10. Signs. Signs may be erected only in accord with
Section 10.16 of this Chapter 10.
Subdivision 11. Snow Removal. After an official snowfall of three
(3) inches or more, property owners have 36 hours to clear their parking
stalls. Property owners shall be allowed to pile snow on a portion of their
parking lots so long as the minimum number of parking stalls required by City
ordinance is maintained. Property owners
must maintain their required minimum number of parking stalls. Any costs of removal incurred by the
City shall be assessed to the property and may be collected in the manner of
ordinary debt or in the manner of taxes and all costs shall be assessed against
the property. This does not apply to
properties with single-family detached dwellings.
Subdivision
12. Metal Roofing Performance
Standards.
All
metal roofs must:
1.
Have an Energy Star rating (list available at www.energystar.gov)
2.
Be 26 or 24 gauge steel
3.
Be standing-seam profiled metal
4.
Have a corrosion resistant coating such as zinc,
aluminum, alloys of zinc-aluminum, or tin if the material is galvanized steel,
aluminized steel, zinc-aluminum-coated steel or terne-coated steel
5.
Have concealed fasteners
6.
If painted, have at least a 20
year paint warranty
Subdivision
13. Licensed and Unlicensed
Community Residential Facility Performance Standards
1. A
comprehensive Statement of Use shall be submitted with the applicant’s Site
Plan Application.
2. Facilities
shall meet all federal, state and local regulatory requirements including, but
not limited to, licensing, health, safety and building code requirements. Licensed Community Residential Facilities
shall provide proof of licensure before the issuance of a Certificate of
Occupancy.
3. At the time of
site plan or conditional use permit application, applicants may request that
the City Council consider reducing the parking requirements of this Subdivision
18. B. In determining whether to reduce
the number of required parking spaces, the City Council may consider factors
affecting the need for parking spaces based on the specific use and needs of
the residents including, without
limitation, the likelihood that residents will maintain vehicles at the
facility; the proximity of the facility to bus lines; the likelihood that
residents will use bus lines or other group transportation for their daily
activities; and the feasibility of creating future on-site parking at the
facility in the event of a change in use of the facility.
4. Licensed and
Unlicensed Community Residential Facilities shall have one parking space for
each Dwelling Unit or Lodging Room, plus one parking space for each employee on
the largest shift.
5. Parking spaces
shall be on the same site as the principal structure and not located within
five feet of any street right-of-way or three feet from the adjacent property
line. A parking space shall be at least
9 feet wide by 18 feet long. Parking may
be included on a level below ground.
6. All off-street
parking areas shall be provided with a concrete or asphalt surface or other
material acceptable to the City Building Inspector and the City Engineer, and
shall provide for adequate drainage.
7. No entrance to
or exit from a parking area shall be more than 24 feet in width, and under no
circumstances will off-street parking areas be designed so that vehicles must
back into the street or public way. This
prohibition shall not apply to alleys.
8. A minimum
landscaped buffer area of 30 feet in width shall separate any parking, driveway
or structure from any lot line common with any residential district by use of
vegetation designed so as to not obscure the view which may cause a danger to
pedestrian or vehicular traffic.
Vegetation shall be of adequate size to provide sufficient screening on
the date of planting.
9. Exterior light
poles, light fixtures, or other light sources shall be effectively contained
within the development and shall not cause glare or light spillover to any
adjacent property.
10. All Licensed
and Unlicensed Community Residential Facilities shall be architecturally
designed to blend in with the surrounding environment.
11. There must be
a separation of at least 1,320 feet (¼ mile) between another
Licensed/Unlicensed Community Residential Facility, or a
Assisted Living, Nursing Home/Adult Care Home, or Roominghouse.
SECTION 10.14 SHORELAND
OVERLAY DISTRICT
Subdivision 1. Permitted Uses.
All
permitted uses allowed and regulated by the applicable zoning district
underlying this Shoreland Overlay District as indicated on the Official Zoning
Map of the City of Sauk Rapids, Minnesota shall be permitted in this District.
Subdivision 2. Conditional Uses. All conditional uses and applicable
attached conditions allowed and regulated by the applicable zoning district
underlying this Shoreland Overlay District as indicated on the Official Zoning
Map of the City of Sauk Rapids, Minnesota shall be permitted subject to a
Conditional Use Permit in this District.
A conditional use permit application must contain written approvals of
the State Department of Natural Resources and/or the U.S. Corps of Engineers
and any other applicable regulatory agency.
Subdivision 3. General Provisions. The following
standards shall apply to the Mississippi River shoreland in addition to the
requirements of the underlying zoning district and other controlling codes:
A. Structures
shall be set back at least 50 feet from the ordinary high
water mark.
B. Sewage systems, where installed and
when repaired or replaced, shall conform to the requirements of the Sewage
Disposal Standards of Benton County, Minnesota.
Subdivision 4. Shoreland Alterations.
A. The removal of natural vegetation shall
be restricted to prevent erosion into public water to consume nutrients in the
soil, and to preserve shoreland aesthetics.
The removal of natural vegetation in the Shoreland Overlay District
shall be subject to the following provisions:
1. Selective
removal of natural vegetation shall be allowed, provided that sufficient
vegetative cover remains to screen cars, dwellings and other structures when
viewed from the water.
2. Clear cutting
of natural vegetation shall be prohibited.
3. Natural
vegetation shall be restored insofar as feasible after any construction project
is completed in order to retard surface runoff and soil erosion.
B. Grading and filling in shoreland areas
or any alterations of the natural topography where the slope of the land is
toward the Mississippi River must be authorized by a Conditional Use
Permit. The permit may be granted
subject to the following conditions:
1. The grading
and filling does not enter the ordinary high water
mark of the Mississippi River.
2. The smallest
amount of bare ground is exposed for as short a time as possible.
3. Temporary
ground cover, such as mulch, is used and permanent ground cover, such as sod,
is planted.
4. Methods to
prevent erosion and to trap sediment are employed.
5. Fill is
stabilized to accepted engineering standards.
6. The
Commissioner of Natural Resources shall have issued a permit for work in the
beds of public water before construction begins.
C. Excavations on
shoreland, where the intended purpose is connected to the River,
or grading and filling which enters the ordinary high water mark, shall require
a Conditional Use Permit from the City.
The Commissioner of Natural Resources shall have issued a permit for
work in the beds of public water before construction begins.
SECTION
10.14A PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT DISTRICT, PUD.
Subdivision
1. Purpose. It is
recognized that this Chapter 10 is structured to regulate land use and
development patterns of a conventional or traditional nature; however, there
are situations where innovative proposals for the use of land may be submitted
which do not relate to ordinance controls and would have to be rejected even
though feasible and beneficial to the community. It is to accommodate such
innovative proposals, even those that may mix land uses within a development,
exceed stipulated densities, or depart from traditional lot sizes, that the
Planned Unit Development District is established. The technology of land
development is constantly changing and creative. Practical approaches to the
use of land should be encouraged. The provisions of this Section are intended
to do so in a manner, which is in the best interests of both the developer and
the community. It is not the intent of this section of the ordinance to be a
means in which to avoid meeting the minimum standards of the underlying zoning district. More specifically, Planned
Unit Development Districts may provide for progressive developments, which may
achieve any number of the following:
a. Provide a maximum choice of living
environments by allowing a variety of housing and building types, permitting
increased density per acre, a reduction in lot dimensions, building setbacks,
or area requirements;
b. Allow a more useful pattern of open
space and recreation areas;
c. Provide more convenient access to
services, commercial products and workplaces by providing for mixed-use
development;
d. Provide for development, which preserves
and/or utilizes existing natural site features and vegetation;
e. Provide more efficient use of land
resulting in lower cost in utilities and city services; or
f. Provide for development in harmony with
transportation facilities or services, community facilities, and the objectives
of the comprehensive plan.
Subdivision 2. Overlay
District. A PUD District is an overlay district which
may be applied to and superimposed upon any underlying zoning district within
the City, but will only be approved in conjunction with a Development Plan for
the property. It being the intent of the
City that no provision or regulation of the underlying zoning district(s) may
be varied, modified or set aside unless specifically provided for in a
Development Plan approved in accord with this Section.
Subdivision 3. Subdivision
Regulations. The uniqueness
of each PUD District may require that specifications and standards for streets,
utilities, public facilities and the approval of land subdivisions be altered
from the standards set out in City ordinances and policies. The City Council may, therefore, where it
finds that such modifications are not necessary and that such modifications
will not adversely affect the health, safety or welfare of the general
community, as part of the approval of the Development Plan for a PUD District,
approve street, utility, and public facility plans as well as subdivisions
which are not in compliance with the specifications or requirements established
by City ordinances and policies.
Applicants will, however, continue to be required to obtain approval of
plats in accord with the procedural requirements of Minnesota statutes and
applicable City ordinances; however, those platting procedures may be
accomplished in conjunction with the application process for a PUD District.
Subdivision 4. Permitted
Uses within a PUD District. All
permitted uses and accessory uses allowed in an underlying zoning district
within a PUD District will be allowed within a PUD District. Uses requiring a conditional use permit in an
underlying zoning district may, in lieu of using the normal conditional use
permit proceedings, be approved as Apermitted@ uses
as part of an approved Development Plan.
In addition to the uses permitted in the underlying zoning district, all
other uses designated as Apermitted@ by the approved
Development Plan will be considered permitted uses within a PUD District. Mixed uses, as specified in the approved
Development Plan, will also be permitted within a PUD District. No use may be designated as Apermitted@ in a Development Plan if that use will have the
potential for adversely affecting adjacent property or the public health,
safety, or general welfare of the community.
Subdivision
5. Area, Height, Frontage, Yard
Requirements and other non-use regulations. The area, height, frontage,
yard requirements and other performance requirements of the underlying zoning
districts will apply within a PUD District except as such are specifically
modified in an approved Development Plan. An approved Development Plan may
establish area, height, frontage, yard or other performance requirements which
vary from the underlying district without having to go through the normal
variance procedures, however single family residential
districts will have minimum standards as outlined in Subdivision 5. A. In no event may a Development Plan alter
such standards if doing so would violate a fire or safety code requirement.
Variances from the requirements of an underlying district will not be implied
except to the minimum extent required to comply with an approved Development
Plan.
a. Minimum standards for Single Family
Residential (R-1)*
1. Lot
Area. The
lot area shall be at least 6,600 square feet.
2. Lot
width.
The lot width shall be a minimum of 55 feet at established building line and at
least 30 feet wide at the front lot line.
3. Side
yard setback.
The side yard setbacks shall be the same as the R-1 side yard setbacks.
4. Front
yard setback.
The front yard setback shall be 25’.
5. Lot
depth. The lot depth shall be at least 120 feet.
*The
minimum standards outlined in this section are not intended to apply to patio
homes and townhouses. It is intended that these standards be determined on a case by case basis.
Subdivision 6. General
Requirements. The following are the minimum requirements
which must be met before the City will approve a
Development Plan and the establishment of a PUD District:
A. Ownership. The property located within the PUD must be
under unified control at the time of application, and be planned and scheduled
to be developed as a whole. The
applicant(s) must have acquired actual ownership of or executed a binding sales
contract for all of the property comprising such tract. Where more than a
single owner is involved, each owner must agree in advance to be bound by the
conditions and regulations which will be effective within the PUD and to record
with the County Recorder such covenants, easements, and other provisions
required by the City.
B. Financing. The financing for the development must be
proven to be available to the applicant on conditions and in amounts which are
sufficient to assure completion of the development.
C. Council Findings. The Council must find the following:
1. Comprehensive Plan. The development will be planned so that it is
consistent with the Comprehensive Plan for the community.
2. Harmony. The planned
unit development will be planned and developed to harmonize with any existing
or imminent development in the area surrounding the project site.
3. Not Disturbing.
The
development will not be hazardous or disturbing to existing or planned
neighboring uses, and will not materially adversely affect the values of
adjacent properties.
4. Adequately Served.
The
development may be adequately served by essential public or private facilities
and services, including streets, police and fire protection, drainage
facilities, refuse disposal, water and sewer systems, and schools.
5. Beneficial.
The distribution of buildings, streets and open space of the development
will permit site planning that is superior to that which could be obtained
without the PUD District being approved and thus benefit both the residents of
the development and community as a whole.
6. Not Detrimental. The distribution or location of buildings,
streets and open spaces will not unduly increase the bulk of buildings, density
of population, or intensity of use(s) to the detriment of areas outside the
development by restricting access to light and air, by creating traffic
congestion, or by other means.
7. Community Welfare.
The
development will not be detrimental to or endanger the public health, safety,
morals, comfort convenience or general welfare.
Subdivision
7. Procedure.
1. Application. An applicant for a PUD must submit a
Preliminary Development Plan, as described below in Subdivision 8, to the City
Administrator, together with the application fee as set by the City Council,
from time to time, at least 14 days prior to the Planning Commission meeting at
which the request will be considered.
The application must be signed by the owner(s) of every property within
the boundaries of the proposed PUD.
Depending upon the nature and scope of the application, the City
administrator may, in addition to the standard application fee, require that
the applicant deposit up to $1,000.00 for planning, engineering, administrative
and legal expenses incurred by the City in reviewing and processing the
application. Any funds remaining after
the application is processed will be refunded to the applicant.
2. Review by Planning Commission. After the City Administrator has received all
required application materials, the City Administrator will refer the
application to the Planning Commission for review and recommendation to the
Council.
3. Public Hearing. The City Council will hold at least one
public hearing on the rezoning and the Preliminary Development Plan, after
notice of the hearing has been published in the official newspaper and mailed
to each owner of property within 350 feet of the subject property, at least 10
days prior to the day of the hearing.
4. Approval or Denial by Council. The City Council will approve or deny the
application after considering the application, the testimony of the applicant
and the public, and the recommendation of the Planning Commission. Since final approval of the Development Plan
will involve the rezoning of the subject property, the Council may approve a
final Development Plan and rezoning of property to PUD only upon the
affirmative vote of two-thirds of the members of the Council. If
the Preliminary Development Plan receives approval of the City Council, the
Final Development Plan, with any changes requested by the City Council, must be
presented to the City Council. A public
hearing will not be required for approval of the Final Development Plan unless
the City Council determines that material changes have been made from the
Preliminary Development Plan as approved by the Council. The City Council must approve the Final
Development Plan by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the members of the
Council, and the Council will specify any conditions which will be attached to
the Final Development Plan if such conditions have not been incorporated
therein. The rezoning of the subject
property will be considered complete upon approval of the Final Development Plan
and approval of the development agreement required by paragraph 7 below.
5. Conditions.
The
City may impose such conditions and restrictions on the PUD as it deems
necessary or advisable as part of its approval of the Preliminary or Final
Development Plan.
6. Development Agreement and Performance Bond. In the event the Preliminary Development Plan
is approved by the City Council, the applicant will be required to execute a
development agreement which states the conditions of the PUD and the phases of
the development. The City may, in its
discretion, require that the applicant provide the City with a performance bond
or other security deemed sufficient by the City Council to ensure the applicants
compliance with the development agreement.
7. Plan Amendments. The procedures necessary to amend the Final
Development Plan after it has been approved by the City are the same as the
procedures required for the original approval.
Nonmaterial changes to the Development Plan may be made upon approval of
the Planning Commission without having to hold a public hearing or having the
matter considered by the Council.
Matters will be considered nonmaterial only if they will not result in a
change in use which is not otherwise permitted in the underlying district or
will not require a variance from the regulations of the underlying district.
8. Lapse of Time. If within 1 year of the City Council=s
approval of the Final Development Plan no building permits have been obtained
or if within 1 year of the issuance of
the first building permit on the property no construction has commenced, the
Development Plan will become void. An
applicant may request and receive an extension from the Council in the event
the applicant can demonstrate a good faith effort has been made to use the PUD,
that there is a reasonable expectation the PUD will be used, and the facts upon
which the PUD was approved are essentially the same.
Subdivision
8. Submission
Requirements.
1. Preliminary Development Plan. 10 copies of the following plans and
information must accompany the application fee, the entirety of which will be
considered the Preliminary Development Plan:
A. Project information including site
size, ownership, developer, development timing, phasing and construction
schedule, and such other information as will be helpful in the approval
process.
B. Existing site information including
soils, vegetation, topography, slopes, conditions, water features, drainage,
wildlife, and existing land uses.
C. Proposed covenants or other private
legal restrictions, if any.
D. Written Descriptions of variances from
regulations of underlying zoning districts and subdivision regulations.
E. Preliminary architectural drawings, if
any, illustrating schematic floor plans, and exterior construction materials.
F. Site plan prepared by a qualified and
licensed civil engineer illustrating the proposed use(s) of land; proposed
densities; buildings, including square footage, height and other dimensions,
distances between buildings and the front, side and rear lot lines, and other
buildings located on the property and on property adjacent to the property;
street and walkway locations; curb cuts and driveways; parking areas and
loading areas; open spaces; the locations of easements and utilities (existing
and proposed); landscaping (showing size, types and locations); lighting;
grading; drainage; project phasing; anticipated variances from setbacks or
other regulations of the underlying zone; tabulation of density, land use
intensity, lot coverage and acreage; percentages of land devoted to buildings,
parking, and open space; and any other information which may be helpful to
understanding and evaluating the proposal.
2. Final Development Plan Approval. The Final
Development Plan must include all of the information provided in the
Preliminary Plan except it must include any changes required by the City in its
approval of the Preliminary Development Plan.
Subdivision 9. Yearly
Inspections and Review. The Building
Inspector will review each PUD at least once each year until completed and will
make a report (through the Planning Commission) to the Council on the status of
the development in each PUD District. If
the development is not progressing according to schedule, the owner will be
required to submit to the Building Inspector a written statement setting forth
the reasons for the lack of progress.
Within 30 days of such notice, the Council will either revoke the
approval of the Development Plan and the PUD, and the land will thereafter be
governed by the regulations applicable in the district in which it is located,
or the Council will take such steps as it deems necessary to compel compliance
with the approved Development Plan.
SECTION 10.14B ESO, ENVIRONMENTALLY SENSITIVE AREA OVERLAY DISTRICT
Subdivision
1. Purpose and Intent. This Section is the result of a collaborative
effort between area stakeholders that has resulted in an alternative method of
development that recognizes the ecological, geological, educational, scenic,
economic, and aesthetic importance of conserving natural areas in public or
private ownership. The provisions of this Section are intended to do so in a
manner that benefits both the owner/developer and the community.
This Environmentally Sensitive Area
Overlay District is created to:
.
Preserve
underlying zoning districts and current potential development densities while
providing for alternative methods of development that are in the best interest
of the community.
.
Protect
open space, green space, and water quality of flowage linked to the Mississippi
River.
.
Provide
greater subdivision flexibility and possible incentives in exchange for
protection of green space, open space, and other resources as identified by the
City.
.
Provide
for development, which conserves and/or utilizes existing natural site features
and vegetation.
.
Allow
a more useful pattern of open space and recreation areas;
.
Provide
opportunities for a more efficient use of land.
.
Provide
for development in harmony with transportation facilities or services,
community facilities, and the objectives of the comprehensive plan.
Subdivision 2.
Definitions.
City is the City of Sauk Rapids or its
officials acting on behalf of the City Council.
City Staff are the professionals employed by the
City of Sauk Rapids or the person(s) designated to administer this Section.
Composite Map is a map that combines all of
the elements of the Natural Feature Characteristic Priority Lists into one map.
Conserve is to protect and carefully manage the
environment and natural resources. This in some instances may include both
restoration and the preservation of natural resources.
Development Plan is a legal agreement that at a minimum
shall establish area, height,
frontage, yard or other performance requirements which vary from the underlying
district without having to go through the normal variance procedures. In
addition, the plan shall include all items that are in any way in contrast to
normal and customary City policies and practices.
ESO is this Environmentally Sensitive
Area Overly District Ordinance.
Independent Professional Volunteer shall be a
person that has extensive skill or
knowledge in a field or discipline related to natural resources.
Natural Feature Characteristic Priority Lists is a set of
prioritized features that have been established by a City Council appointed
Citizen Committee called the “Natural Resources Steering Committee”. The list
includes a map and matrix for each feature that prioritizes specific elements
of the feature based on the goals and objectives of the Committee. The features
that make up the list are Rivers and Streams, Wetlands, Wildlife Corridors and
Habitat, Native Plant Communities, Viewsheds & Related Character, Bluffs
and Slopes, Stormwater infiltration, recharge areas, Natural Recreation,
Granite and Aggregate Resources, and Wellhead Protection areas.
NRP is the Natural Resources Policy that
is associated with the Environmentally Sensitive Ordinance.
Owner/Developer is the person(s) or their
agents possessing the title of the land on which the development activities
will occur.
Subdivision
3. Objectives.
A. Identify
unique landforms, natural resources, and vegetation according to the NRP first
and then determine the best or least impacting development proposals.
B. Develop
strategies to maintain or enhance natural corridors by utilizing Conservation
design principles and management plans.
C. Consider
alternative road construction and storm water management design standards to
minimize impact on the existing vegetation and natural resources.
D. Consider
incentives to establishing successful conservation design projects.
Encourage subdivision designs that
conserve environmentally sensitive areas and promote restoration/conservation
of natural resources.
E. Consider the importance of buffers that
protect, provide access to, or otherwise serve as necessary borders to natural
areas by protecting streams, lakes, wetlands and native vegetated areas.
Subdivision
4. Overlay District. The ESO District is an overlay district which
may be applied to and superimposed upon any underlying zoning district within
the City, but will only be approved by agreement of the City and the
owner/developer in conjunction with a Development Plan for the property. No provision or regulation of the underlying
zoning district(s) may be varied, modified or set aside unless specifically
provided for in a Development Plan approved in accord with this Section. Both
the City and the owner/developer must agree to employ the terms of this
Section. If either party declines to use
this Section, then the owner/developer shall meet the minimum standards of
Chapters 10 and 12.
Subdivision
5. Procedure.
A. For all
subdivisions, Owner/developer shall be required to meet with City Staff to
discuss the platting process in Sauk Rapids. After that point, either the
owner/developer or the City may choose to not engage this Section but to rather
work through the minimum standards of Chapters 10 and 12. If both parties agree
to move forward within the parameters of this Section, an on-site visit shall
be conducted. The on-site visit shall include the owner/developer and City
Staff. Prior to the on-site visit the owner/developer shall be required to
provide the City Escrow pursuant to Section 12.05, Subd. 2. C. A concerted
effort shall be made to include an independent professional volunteer to attend
the on-site visit to offer professional insight to a particular site’s natural
features and their function in relation to the proposed development. The
professional volunteer shall be encouraged to provide the City and Developer
with written findings but this shall not be a requirement. The findings of the
professional volunteer shall be taken as a recommendation to the City although
the City shall be under no obligation to follow the recommendation.
B. Discussion
will be guided by the City’s Natural Resources Policy (NRP), which is
incorporated by reference.
C. The NRP and
its associated Natural Resource Composite Map prioritize the natural features
that the City is most interested in
conserving/restoring and what requirements within the Zoning and Subdivision
Codes the City may consider varying in order to achieve some level of
conservation.
D. At any time
prior to approval of a Development Plan under this section, either the City or
the developer may decline to proceed with the ESO overlay and may instead
choose to use the underlying zoning and subdivision standards. If City Staff
does not support moving forward within the parameters of this section, the
owner/developer shall be provided with written findings stating the reasons
that City Staff does not support moving forward. The owner/developer may appeal
City Staff’s decision to the Sauk Rapids Planning Commission within 10 days of
the date of the written findings. The appeal shall be on a form provided by the
City and shall include an appeal fee as provided in the City’s Fee
Schedule. The Planning Commission shall
make their decision within 60 days or may extend the time for consideration as
permitted by State law. The Planning
Commission shall consider the criteria provided in Subd. 5(E) below in
determining whether to affirm or reverse the decision of City Staff. If the decision is reversed, the
owner/developer and City Staff shall proceed with the review of the application
according to this Section.
E. The City shall
at a minimum consider the following factors when determining if an ESO overlay
application is appropriate. Because each project will be unique, the below
elements shall be weighed/prioritized on a project by project
basis:
§ Extent to
which the Preliminary Concept Plan is consistent with the Comprehensive Plan
goals;
§ Community
long-term benefit of the Preliminary Concept Plan;
§ Community
cost-benefit of incentive proposal;
§ Level of
conservation/restoration of natural features;
§ The condition
of existing natural features in their pre and post development state;
§ Extent to
which, if any, the proposed design compromises the economic viability and
natural resources of the development;
§ Projected
level of the Preliminary Concept Plan’s effectiveness and success at the point
the end-user takes ownership and assumes stewardship of the site;
§ Extent to
which the Preliminary Concept Plan reflects the values indicated within the
Natural Resource Composite Map and the Natural Feature Characteristic Priority
Lists.
§ Extent to
which the natural resources that the developer has offered to conserve/restore
can be protected through the use of deed restrictions, conservation easements,
or some other manner as approved by the City.
F. Anyone requesting an Environmentally
Sensitive Ordinance Overlay shall enter into an Environmentally Sensitive
Ordinance Development Agreement with the City in addition to agreeing to a
Development Plan with the City. All Environmentally Sensitive Ordinance
Agreements shall set out the terms and conditions of the City’s approval,
including language that explains how the sensitive natural resources that
owner/developer agrees to protect shall remain under protection after the
developer no longer has controlling interest in the property.
Subdivision
6. Application Process
A. The
following is the process if both the owner/developer and City Staff choose to
participate after following the procedures established in Subd. 5. A-F.
B. Before
submitting an ESO application the owner/developer must schedule a
pre-application meeting with City Staff, which shall include the City
Pre-Application Committee. Prior to this meeting the developer shall provide:
1. A preliminary concept plan. It is the intent
of this section that the owner/developer provides the City
with drawings that clearly convey the intent of the project and illustrate the
various uses and lot layouts that are proposed.
It is also understood that survey level drawings at this early stage may
be premature and therefore unnecessary. Regardless, the preliminary concept
plan shall include the natural features as identified by the Natural Resource
Steering Committee that exist on that site, lot layouts, street and walkway
locations, parking areas, open spaces, proposed densities, height of buildings,
buffers, and any other items that may be helpful in understanding and
evaluating the proposal.
2. A written description of requested
modifications from the underlying zoning district regulations (as guided in the
City of Sauk Rapids Comprehensive Plan).
C. At the pre-application meeting, City Staff
shall provide a list of items that the City is requesting of the
owner/developer based on the NRP. Both the City Staff list and the
owner/developer list of requested modifications shall be provided on a form
developed by the City which shall require the signature of both parties. It is
the intent of this Section that there is a level of agreement between the
owner/developer and City Staff on which item(s) from the underlying zoning
district that the owner/developer is requesting to modify and the item(s) that
the City would like to have preserved or installed per
the NRP.
D. After the
Pre-Application meeting, the owner/developer may again choose to forgo the ESO
process and proceed with the development approvals through the process outlined
in Chapters 10 and/or 12 depending on the application. If the owner/developer
wishes to move forward with the ESO proposal, the zoning amendment procedure
shall follow Section 10.14A, Subd. 7 of the City Code. Once approved, subdivision requests for the
development shall follow the procedures of Section 12.05 of the City Code, with
the exception of Subd. 1.
Subdivision 7.
Permitted Uses within an ESO District.
The ESO zoning shall be an overlay
designation only and the underlying primary zoning district shall be
preserved. All permitted uses and
accessory uses allowed in the underlying zoning district will be allowed as part
of the ESO overlay, except as otherwise specified in the ESO Development
Agreement and/or Development Plan. In
addition to the uses permitted in the underlying zoning district, all other
uses designated as permitted uses by the approved Development Plan will be
considered permitted uses within an ESO District. Mixed uses, as specified in the approved
Development Plan, will also be permitted within an ESO District. No use may be designated as permitted in a
Development Plan if that use will have the potential for adversely affecting
adjacent property or the public health, safety, or general welfare of the
community. Except as specifically and
explicitly permitted as part of an approved Development Plan, conditional uses
allowed in the underlying zoning district may be permitted only after following
the procedures and standards proscribed in the City’s zoning ordinance.
Subdivision
8. Area, Height, Frontage, Yard
Requirements and other non-use regulations.
The area, height, frontage, yard
requirements and other performance requirements of the underlying zoning
districts will apply within a ESO District except as such are specifically
modified in an approved Development Plan. An approved Development Plan may
establish area, height, frontage, yard or other performance requirements which
vary from the underlying district without having to go through the normal
variance procedures; however single family residential
districts will have minimum standards as outlined in this Subd. 8.A. In no event may a Development Plan alter such
standards if doing so would violate a fire or safety code requirement.
Variances from the requirements of an underlying district will not be implied
except to the minimum extent required to comply with an approved Development
Plan.
A. Minimum standards for Single Family
Residential (R-1)*
1. Lot Area. The lot area shall be at least 6,600
square feet.
2. Lot width. The lot width shall be a minimum of
55 feet at established building line and at least 30 feet wide at the front lot
line.
3. Side yard setback. The side
yard setbacks shall be the same as the R-1 side yard setbacks.
4. Front yard setback. The front
yard setback shall be 25’.
5. Lot depth.
The lot depth shall be at least 120 feet. *The minimum standards outlined in this
section are not intended to apply to patio homes and townhouses. These
standards shall be determined on a case by case
basis.
Subdivision
9. General Requirements.
The following are the minimum
requirements that must be met before the City will
approve a Development Plan and the establishment of an ESO District:
A. Ownership. The property located within the ESO must be
under unified control at the time of application, and be planned and scheduled
to be developed as a whole. The
applicant(s) must have acquired actual ownership of, or executed a binding
sales contract for, all of the property comprising such tract. Where more than
a single owner is involved, each owner must agree in advance to be bound by the
conditions and regulations which will be effective within the ESO and to record
with the County Recorder such covenants, easements, and other provisions
required by the City.
B. Financing.
The owner/developer must demonstrate that financing for the
development is available to the applicant on conditions and in amounts which
are sufficient to assure completion of the development.
C. Council
Findings. The Council must find the
following:
1. Comprehensive Plan. The development will be planned so that it is
consistent with the Comprehensive Plan for the community.
2. Harmony. The project
will be planned and developed to harmonize with any existing or imminent
development in the area surrounding the project site.
3. Not Disturbing.
The
development will not be hazardous or disturbing to existing or planned
neighboring uses, and will not materially adversely affect the values of
adjacent properties.
4. Adequately Served.
The
development is or will be adequately served by essential public or private
facilities and services, including streets, police and fire protection,
drainage facilities, refuse disposal, water and sewer systems, and schools.
5. Beneficial.
The distribution of buildings, streets and open space of the development
will permit site planning that is superior to that which could be obtained
without the ESO District being approved and thus benefit both the residents of
the development and community as a whole.
6. Not Detrimental. The distribution or location of buildings,
streets and open spaces will not unduly increase the bulk of buildings, density
of population, or intensity of use(s) to the detriment of areas outside the
development by restricting access to light and air, by creating traffic
congestion, or by other means.
7. Community Welfare.
The
development will not be detrimental to or endanger the public health, safety,
morals, comfort convenience or general welfare.
SECTION 10.14C
BENTON DRIVE SOUTH GATEWAY OVERLAY DISTRICT
SUBDIVISION
1. PURPOSE AND INTENT
The Benton Drive South Gateway area
welcomes visitors into the City of Sauk Rapids coming from the southeast and
contains a high concentration of successful commercial and industrial
uses. This ordinance shall provide for
the orderly grouping of commercial and industrial operations in an appropriate
setting. It is the further intent of
this district to establish regulatory controls that preserve a harmonious
relationship between these uses and the community. New development should relate to other
existing or proposed development on adjoining properties to minimize
incompatible conditions and to maximize useful interconnections. The ordinance strives to present an image of
high quality and value and is welcoming to travelers and visitors. The ordinance shall overlap and overlay
existing zoning districts and intends to maintain safety along the Benton Drive
South corridor while crafting a reception locale at the southeast entry to the
City.
SUBDIVISION
2. BENTON DRIVE SOUTH GATEWAY OVERLAY DISTRICT BOUNDARIES.
The Benton Drive South Gateway
District shall include property within 200 feet from the center line on either
side of Benton Drive South from the intersection of Benton Drive South and the
State Trunk Highway 10 to the intersection of Benton Drive South and Lincoln
Avenue/Summit Avenue South.
SUBDIVISION
3. APPLICABILITY.
A. Unless
otherwise noted, the requirements of the Benton Drive South Gateway Overlay
District apply to all development and are in addition to the requirements of
the underlying zoning district. Where
the requirements of the underlying district and the overlay district conflict,
the more restrictive will apply.
B. All
development approval and permitting for activities, uses, and structures in the
Benton Drive South Overlay District shall follow the same procedures as set
forth in Sections 10.06A, 10.17 and 10.17A-D.
SUBDIVISION
4. DESIGN GUIDELINES
A. Site. Utility boxes,
meters and service areas such as trash enclosures shall not be located on a
street facing exposure. If such placement is required, screening shall be
provided to the extent practicable. The City encourages underground cabling and cable bundling or
co-location of services and telecommunications infrastructure.
B. Building Orientation. In order to maintain an active
appearance throughout the Benton Drive South corridor, building walls facing
the street should be punctuated with display windows, doors, or other
indentations to add visual interest on Benton Drive South. All sides of a building visible from Benton
Drive South should be treated consistently with quality materials and finishes.
No development shall be permitted to
organize the placement and orientation of buildings, parking, circulation, and
service facilities on a lot in such a way as to treat Benton Drive South as a
“rear” lot line. “Rear” shall be defined to mean a portion of the property
lacking public access and containing a predominance of service functions that
significantly diminish the architectural or landscape quality of the
development. Uses that include auto-oriented
uses or non-pedestrian uses, including garage entries, service bays or similar
functions shall orient those functions away from primary street frontage, wherever
possible placing active, populated functions toward the street.
C. Architectural Standards. Building facades facing Benton Drive South
shall either be the primary pedestrian entry facade or shall be of comparable
quality in terms of architecture, materials and detailing. Primary building
pedestrian entries shall be visible from and connected to the street sidewalk
by the most direct route practical. Corner buildings need only provide public
entry on one street oriented facade. Building materials must meet the following
criteria:
1) Construction
of new structures and additions to existing facilities to have poured concrete
or concrete block perimeter foundations and frost footings, and shall consist
of the following materials:
a) Pre-cast or
cast tip up concrete walls
b) Concrete block
(painted or decorative)
c) Wood/Steel
stud construction
d) Structure
Insulation Panels (SIP)
e) Insulated
Concrete Form (ICF)
f) Steel frame
pre-engineered buildings
2) Exterior wall
finishes for new facilities, additions and renovation of existing buildings
exterior walls shall consist of the following materials:
a) 26
gauge
pre-finished architectural metal panels, with a minimum twenty (20) year
manufacturer color-fast warranty
b) Brick
c) Stone (natural
or artificial)
d) Exterior
Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS)
e) Stucco
f) Glass
g) Decorative or
textured concrete block (surface to be painted or receive colored texture
finish)
h) Pre-cast
concrete (surface to have an exposed aggregate, painted or colored texture
finish)
i) Wood siding
j) Or any
combination thereof, except for trim accessories and the roof
3) All exterior
walls shall have a decorative accent covering (a complementary and distinct
material that contrasts from focus finish) using the following materials:
a) Face brick
b) Natural stone
or cultured rock
c) Aluminum /
Steel / Vinyl lap siding
d) 26 gauge
pre-finished architectural metal panels with a minimum twenty (20) year
manufacture color-fast
warranty
e) Exterior
Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS)
f) Stucco
g) Cut Stone
h) Decorative or
textured concrete block (surface to be painted or receive a colored texture
finish)
4) The Council
shall be responsible for reviewing and making recommendations concerning
alternate exterior materials.
5) The Council
reserves the right to exercise discretion regarding accent materials during the
approval process. Standards will be
consistent with architectural design.
6) Expansion of existing facilities: For the
expansion of existing buildings that do not meet the building exterior
requirements of this section it is understood that requiring the addition to
strictly adhere to the building exterior requirements of this section may be
impractical. Therefore, it is the intent of the City Council to address each
expansion on a case by case basis. The City Council
desires that the addition(s) match the existing building(s) as much as
possible. Although, an attempt shall be made to meet at least some of the building
exterior requirements of this Section.
D. Landscape.
Buffering and screening strategies shall consider building and parking
placement, building orientation, walls, fences, and landscaping. Screening shall be of adequate height to
provide complete screening from normal eye level, within applicable zoning
allowances, on all sides where access is not needed. Screening may be accomplished through
landscaping of adequate height and density.
E. Lighting. Lighting
should be provided at consistent levels with gradual transition to unlit areas.
Avoid creating highly contrasting pools of light and dark areas which can be
temporarily blinding. Parking lot light
fixtures shall be non-glare and mounted no more than 25 feet above the ground
to minimize the impact onto adjacent properties. All fixtures over 15 feet in
height shall be fitted with a full cut-off shield. All building lights shall be directed onto
the building itself or the ground immediately adjacent to it. The light
emissions should not be visible above the roofline of the building.
F. Streetscape. It is the strategy of this ordinance to
ensure the provision of high quality streetscapes and
a consistent streetscape theme. Street
tree species should be selected to maximize the cohesiveness of each block
without creating monocultures that may be susceptible to disease.
SECTION 10.15 MANUFACTURED HOMES, TRAVEL TRAILERS, MANUFACTURED HOME PARKS AND
TRAVEL TRAILER COURTS.
Subdivision 1. Application for a Manufactured Home Park or
Travel Trailer Court. An application
to establish or enlarge a manufactured home or travel trailer park shall follow
the procedure as set forth herein.
A. The
applicant for a manufactured home park or travel trailer court shall submit a
site plan pursuant to Section 10.06A of this Chapter for the proposed park. In
addition to the requirements of Section 10.06A, site plans for Section 10.15
must also show the following either existing or proposed:
1. The extent and
area proposed for the manufactured home park or travel trailer court.
2. Road and
driveways.
3. The location
of sites or units for manufactured homes.
4. The location
and number of sanitary conveniences.
5. The proposed
disposition of surface drainage.
6. The proposed
street surfacing and lighting.
7. The utility
easements.
8. The off-street
parking.
9. The patios.
10. The location
of community buildings.
11. The location
of recreation facilities.
12. The location
of sidewalks.
13. The location
of set back lines.
14. The location
of screening, planting and green areas.
15. Any other
information requested by the City.
B. Each application for a permit shall be
accompanied by a certificate of ownership as to all of the property within 350
feet of any boundary line of the proposed park site.
C. Each applicant shall be required to pay
a fee at the time that such application is filed with the City of Sauk
Rapids. Said fee shall be established by
resolution of the City Council and this fee shall be used by the City to defray
the expenses of processing said application.
D. No permit for any Park
shall be issued by the City Council of Sauk Rapids until after a Public Hearing
has been held on the matter. Notice of
this hearing shall be published in the official newspaper of the City at least
once, which publication shall be at least 10 days prior to the Public
Hearing. The City shall mail a notice of
said hearing to each of the property owners shown on the certificate of
ownership at his last known address.
E. All City and State codes governing the
construction and installation of sanitary and storm sewer, water and electrical
lines shall be complied with.
F. No occupied manufactured home, house
trailer, camper, travel trailer or motor coach shall be located on any lot,
tract or parcel of land not designated as a manufactured home park or travel
trailer court.
Subdivision 2. Lot Coverage and Site Setback Requirements.
A. The aggregate maximum lot coverage for
manufactured home parks and travel trailer courts shall be .25, which means not
more than 25% of the lot area of the entire park may be used for floor areas of
all buildings, manufactured homes or other structures on the lot.
B. The minimum distance between units
shall be 20 feet, or the sum of the heights of the 2 units, whichever is
greater; the point of measurement being a straight line at the closest point
between the units being measured.
C. When a manufactured home park or travel
trailer court abuts a residential area, there shall be a minimum setback of 50
feet between the property line and any manufactured home park or travel trailer
court use; which area shall act as a buffer zone and shall be landscaped
according to a landscape plan, to be submitted at the time of application. Such plan shall show the type of planting
material, size and planting schedule.
D. The front yard setback from a street
right-of-way shall not be less than 20 feet.
Subdivision 3. Storage.
The storage of large items such as boats, trailers and similar equipment
shall not be accomplished at the site of the trailer owner, but rather shall be
provided in a separate screened area of the park.
A. It shall be the duty of the operator of
the manufactured home or travel trailer park to keep a register containing a
record of all manufactured home owners and occupants located within the
park. The register shall contain the
following information:
1. The name and
permanent address of each manufactured home or trailer occupant.
2. The name and
permanent address of the owner of each manufactured home or travel trailer.
3. The make,
model, year and license number of each manufactured home, travel trailer and
motor vehicle.
B. The park shall
keep the register available for inspection at all times by law enforcement
officers, public health officials and other officials whose duty necessitates
acquisition of the information contained in the register.
Subdivision 1. Purpose.
In order to accommodate the communication needs of residents and
business while protecting the public health, safety, and general welfare of the
community, the City finds that these regulations are necessary in order to:
A. Facilitate the provision of wireless
telecommunication services to the residents and businesses of the City;
B. Minimize adverse visual effects of
towers through careful design and siting standards;
C. Avoid potential damage to adjacent
properties from tower failure through structural standards and setback
requirements; and
D. Maximize
the use of existing and approved towers and buildings to accommodate new
wireless telecommunication antennas in order to reduce the number of towers
needed to serve the community.
Subdivision 2. Co-Location
Requirements. All commercial
wireless telecommunication towers erected, constructed, or located within the
City shall comply with the following requirements:
A. A proposal for a new commercial
wireless telecommunication service tower shall not be approved unless the City
Council finds that the telecommunications equipment planned for the proposed
tower cannot be accommodated on an existing or approved tower or building
within a one mile search radius (one half mile search radius for towers 120
feet or less in height and one quarter mile search radius for towers 80 feet or
less in height) of the proposed tower due to one or more of the following
reasons:
1. The planned
equipment would exceed the structural capacity of the existing or approved
tower or building, as documented by a qualified and licensed professional
engineer, and the existing or approved tower cannot be reinforced, modified, or
replaced to accommodate planned or equivalent equipment at a reasonable cost.
2. The planned
equipment would cause interference materially impacting the usability of other
existing or planned equipment at the tower or building as documented by a
qualified and licensed professional engineer, and the interference cannot be
prevented at a reasonable cost.
3. Existing or
approved towers and buildings within the search radius cannot accommodate the
planned equipment at a height necessary to function reasonably as documented by
a qualified and licensed professional engineer.
4. Other
unforeseen reasons that make it not feasible to locate the planned
telecommunications equipment upon an existing or approved tower or building.
B. Any proposed commercial wireless
telecommunication service tower shall be designed, structurally, electrically,
and in all other respects, to accommodate both the applicant=s antennas and
comparable antennas, for at least 1 additional user if the tower is over 60
feet in height and for at least 2 additional users if the tower is over 100
feet in height.
C. Towers must be designed to allow for
future rearrangement of antennas upon the tower and to accept antennas mounted
at varying heights.
Subdivision 3. Tower Construction Requirements. All towers erected, constructed, or located
within the City, and all wiring therefore, shall comply with the requirements
of the Building Code.
Subdivision 4. Tower
and Antenna Design Requirements.
Proposed or modified towers and antennas shall meet the following design
requirements:
A. Towers and antennas shall be designed
to blend into the surrounding environment through the use of color and
camouflaging architectural treatment, except in instances where the color is
dictated by federal or state authorities such as the Federal Aviation
Administration.
B. Towers meeting the requirements of Section 10.15A
may be allowed with a Conditional Use Permit however because it is the intent
for these properties to revert to Residential zoning after discontinuance of
their use, there shall be a heavy burden on the applicant to demonstrate that
there are not more suitable locations for the tower and that the proposed tower
is appropriate in the location proposed. In any event, the maximum height of
towers shall be shall be 65 feet. In determining whether the proposed tower is
appropriate on these properties, the City shall consider such things as design,
style, proximity to residentially zoned property, view sheds, camouflaging,
lighting, and general aesthetics, while placing close attention to the
potential for the proposed tower to be a nuisance to neighboring properties.
C. Commercial wireless telecommunication
service towers shall be of a monopole design unless the City Council determines
that an alternative design would better blend in to the surrounding environment
or better accommodate multiple use of the tower.
Subdivision 5. Tower
Setbacks. Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary in the regulations applicable to a specific zoning district,
towers shall conform to each of the following minimum setback requirements:
A. Towers shall meet the setbacks of the
underlying zoning district; however, in all non-residential zones, at a
minimum, a tower shall be setback from residentially zoned property by at least
two feet for each foot of height of the tower.
B. Towers shall be set back from planned
public rights of way of the City by a minimum distance equal to one half of the
height of the tower including all antennas and attachments.
C. Towers shall not be located between a
principal structure and a public street, with the following exceptions:
1. In industrial
zoning districts, towers may be placed within a side yard abutting an internal
industrial street.
2. On sites
adjacent to public streets on all sides, towers may be placed within a side
yard abutting a local street.
D. A tower’s setback may be reduced or its
location in relation to a public street varied, at the sole discretion of the
City Council, to allow the integration of a tower into an existing or proposed
structure such as a church steeple, light standard, power line support device,
or similar structure.
Subdivision 6. Tower
Height.
A. The height of towers shall be
determined by measuring the vertical distance from the tower’s point of contact
with the ground to the highest point of the tower, including all antennas or
other attachments, and if the tower is mounted upon another structure, the
height of that structure plus the vertical distance from the tower’s point of
contact with the structure must be added together to determine the height of
the tower.
B. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in the regulations applicable to a specific zoning district, towers
are subject to the following restrictions on height:
1. In all
residential districts, the maximum height of any tower is 35 feet.
2. In all other
districts the maximum height of any tower is one foot for each two feet the
tower is setback from residentially zoned property or 150 feet, whichever is
less.
Subdivision 7. Tower Lighting. Towers shall not be illuminated by artificial
means and shall not display strobe lights unless such lighting is specifically
required by the Federal Aviation Administration or other federal or state
authority for a particular tower. When
incorporated into the approved design of the tower, light fixtures used to
illuminate ball fields, parking lots, or similar areas may be attached to the
tower.
Subdivision 8. Signs and Advertising. The use of any portion of a tower for
signs other than warning or equipment information signs is prohibited.
Subdivision 9. Accessory
Utility Buildings. All utility
buildings and structures accessory to a tower shall be architecturally designed
to blend in with the surrounding environment and shall meet the minimum setback
requirements of the underlying zoning district.
Ground mounted equipment shall be screened from view by suitable
vegetation, except where a design of non-vegetative screening better reflects
and complements the architectural character of the surrounding neighborhood.
Subdivision 10. Abandoned
or Unused Towers or Portions of Towers.
Abandoned or unused towers or portions of towers shall be removed as
follows:
A. All abandoned or unused towers and
associated facilities shall be removed within 12 months of the cessation of
operations at the site unless a time extension is approved by the City
Council. In the event that a tower is
not removed within 12 months of the cessation of operations at a site, the
tower and associated facilities may be removed by the City and the costs of
removal assessed against the property.
B. Unused portions of towers above a
manufactured connection shall be removed within 6 months of the time of antenna
relocation. The replacement of portions
of a tower previously removed requires the issuance of a new conditional use
permit.
Subdivision 11. Antennas Mounted on Roofs, Walls, and
Existing Towers. The placement of wireless telecommunication
antennas on roofs, walls, and existing towers may be approved by the City
Council, provided the antennas meet the requirements of this Ordinance, after
submittal of 1) a final site and building plan, and 2) a report prepared by a
qualified and licensed professional engineer indicating the existing structure
or tower=s suitability to accept the antenna and the proposed method of
affixing the antenna to the structure.
Complete details of all fixtures and couplings, and the precise point of
attachment shall be indicated in such report.
Subdivision 12. Interference with Public Safety
Telecommunications. No new or
existing telecommunications service shall interfere with public safety
telecommunications. All applications for
new service shall be accompanied by an intermodulation study which provides a
technical evaluation of existing and proposed transmissions and indicates all
potential interference problems. Before
the introduction of new service or changes in existing service,
telecommunication providers shall notify the City at least 10 calendar days in
advance of such changes and allow the City to monitor interference levels
during the testing process.
Subdivision 13. Additional
Submittal Requirements. In addition
to the information required elsewhere in this Ordinance, development
applications for towers shall include the following supplemental information:
A. A report from a qualified and licensed
professional engineer which does the following:
1. Describes the
tower height and design including a cross section and elevation;
2. Documents the
height above grade for all potential mounting positions for co-located antennas
and the minimum separation distances between antennas;
3. Describes the
towers capacity, including the number and type of antennas that it can
accommodate;
4. Documents what
steps the applicant will take to avoid interference with established public
safety telecommunications;
5. Includes an engineers stamp and registration number; and
6. Includes other
information necessary to evaluate the request.
B. For all commercial wireless
telecommunication service towers, a letter of intent committing the tower owner
and his or her successors to allow the shared use of the tower if an additional
user agrees in writing to meet reasonable terms and conditions for shared use.
C. Before the issuance of a building
permit, the following supplemental information shall be submitted:
1. Proof that the
proposed tower complies with regulations administered by Federal Aviation
Administration; and
2. A report from
a qualified and licensed professional engineer which demonstrates the tower=s
compliance with the aforementioned structural and electrical standards.
Subdivision 14. Exceptions. The requirements of Section 10.15A of this
Ordinance shall apply to all structures and developments otherwise permitted
under this Ordinance except:
A. Planned Unit Developments, when
approved as a part of a preliminary and final development plan pursuant to
Section 10.14A;
B. Public utility structures, including
but not limited to water towers, lights and signals, power and telephone poles,
and poles supporting emergency warning devices;
C. Church sanctuaries, steeples and bell
towers; and
D. In accordance with the Federal
Communications Commission=s preemptive ruling, towers erected for the primary
purpose of supporting amateur radio antennas may exceed 30 feet in height
provided that a determination is made by the City Council that the proposed
tower height is technically necessary to successfully engage in amateur radio
communications.
Subdivision 15. Site Plan. All new towers
shall be accompanied by a site plan pursuant to Section 10.06A of this Chapter.
Section
10.15B SMALL WIRELESS FACILITIES
Subdivision
1. PURPOSE
A. This ordinance is adopted for the
purpose balancing a myriad of concerns, including but not limited to the
accommodation of new technology; increasing societal demands for additional
wireless network capacity; the protection of public investment of aesthetics in
key zoning districts; ensure the appropriate use of public right of way;
minimize unnecessary encumbrance in public right of way; protection of the
health, safety, and welfare of Sauk Rapids’ citizens; and establish permitting
processes that minimize administrative burdens for both the City and
applicants.
Subdivision 2. DEFINITIONS
A. Unless the context specifically indicates
otherwise, the terms used in this Section shall have the meanings designated to
them as provided in Minn. Stat. § 237.162 or Minn. R. 7819.0100.
Subdivision 3. APPROVAL
A.
In
processing and approving a small wireless facility permit, the City may
condition its approval on compliance with generally applicable and reasonable
health, safety, and welfare regulations consistent with the City’s public
right-of-way management and any reasonable replacement, or relocation
requirements when a new wireless support structure is placed in a public
right-of-way.
B.
The
City has 90 days after the date a small wireless facility permit application is
filed to issue or deny the permit. If
the City provides a written notice of incompleteness to the applicant within 30
days of receipt of the application, the 90 day period
is tolled and the City shall follow the procedure set forth in Minn. Stat. §
237.163. Unless a tolling provision
applies, a small wireless facility permit may be deemed approved if the City
fails to approve or deny the application within 90 days after the permit
application has been filed.
Subdivision 4. GENERAL
A.
The
term of a small wireless facility permit shall terminate upon non-use of the
small wireless facility unless the permit is revoked sooner under this
ordinance or other applicable law.
B.
An
applicant for a small wireless facility permit may file a consolidated permit
application to collocate up to a maximum of fifteen
(15) small wireless facilities, provided that all the small wireless facilities
in the application: are located within a two-mile radius; consist of
substantially similar equipment; and are to be placed on similar types of
wireless support structures. In
rendering a decision on a consolidated permit application, the City may approve a permit for some small wireless facilities
and deny a permit for others, but may not use denial of one or more permits as
a basis to deny all the small wireless facilities in the application.
C.
If
the City receives applications within a single seven-day period from one or
more applicants seeking approval of permits for more
than 30 small wireless facilities, the City may extend the 90-day period for
permit approval by an additional 30 days. If the City elects to invoke this extension, it shall inform in writing any
applicant to whom the extension will be applied. Minnesota Statutes Section
15.99 does not apply to this Section.
Subdivision 5.
EXEMPTION
A.
All
of the following are exempt from small wireless facility permit requirements:
routine maintenance of a small wireless facility; replacement of an existing
small wireless facility with a new facility that is substantially similar or
smaller in size, weight, height, and wind or structural loading than the small
wireless facility being replaced; or installation, placement, maintenance,
operation, or replacement of Micro Wireless Facilities that are suspended on
cables strung between existing utility poles in compliance with national safety
codes.
B.
Notwithstanding,
any person engaging in any activity described above shall provide the City at
least fifteen (15) days advance written notification of such activities if the
work will obstruct a public right-of-way.
Subdivision
6. HEIGHT
A. Each Wireless
Support Structure installed in the right-of-way shall not exceed 50 feet above
ground level or more than 10 feet above an existing Wireless Support Structure
in place as of the effective date of this ordinance, whichever is less.
Subdivision 7.
COLLOCATION ON CITY OWNED WIRELESS SUPPORT STRUCTURES
A.
A
wireless service provider may collocate small wireless facilities on wireless
support structures owned or controlled by the City
and located within the public roads or rights-of-way subject to a small wireless facility collocation agreement.
B.
All
engineering and construction work associated with collocation must be paid by
the wireless service provider.
C.
In
addition to other fees or charges allowed under this chapter, the City shall
charge each small wireless facility attached to
a wireless support structure owned by the City the maximum rent, fees, and charges authorized by state law.
Subdivision 8.
DECORATIVE LIGHT POLES AND STREETSCAPING
A. In select areas within the City,
especially in the D-1 Historic Downtown Business District, the City has spent
significant public funds to install upgraded standard light poles to decorative
light poles with banners and streetscaping such as benches and sidewalk
furnishings, stone and sculptured elements, decorative trash receptacles, and
ornamental trees and vegetation. Special assessments on businesses within the
D-1 Historic Downtown Business District have also significantly contributed to
financing of decorative light poles and streetscaping. The purpose of the
decorative light poles and streetscaping is to preserve and advance a “Historic
Main Street” appearance together with strict building, sign, utility, and
landscaping aesthetic requirements in the D-1 Historic Downtown Business
District. The location of small wireless facilities on decorative light poles
and streetscaping will disrupt the sought after
appearance and nullify the significant investments made by the City and
business within the D-1 Historic Downtown Business District. Further,
decorative light poles are not designed to accommodate small cell wireless
facilities and locating small cell wireless facilities on expensive decorative
light poles likely voids any warranty. Small cell wireless facilities are
therefore prohibited on decorative light poles and streetscaping within the
public right of way.
Subdivision 9.
CITY-OWNED BUILDINGS AND SIGNS
A. Nothing in this Section shall be
construed to allow the collocation on
city-owned buildings or associated signs, flag poles, or other site-specific
structures located adjacent to public right of way.
SECTION 10.15C ENERGY PROJECTS
1. Energy Project: electric generation projects, subsidiary
stations of electricity generation, transmission line, and distribution systems
where voltage is transformed from high to low or the reverse using
transformers, thermal power or combustion turbine electric generation projects,
solar electric generating projects, geothermal electric generating projects,
and electric transmission and distribution lines. Solar electric generating
projects already regulated in the City’s industrial zoning district shall be
exempt from this code.
2. Transmission Line: an overhead or underground facility
consisting of utility poles, lines, underground conduit, and/or related devices
used to carry electricity generally to a location other than the ultimate user,
with a nominal voltage greater than 35 kilovolts.
3. Wind Energy Conversion System: An
electrical generating facility comprised of one or more wind turbines and
accessory facilities, including but not limited to: power lines, transformers,
substations and metrological towers that operate by converting the kinetic
energy of wind into electrical energy for energy used either on-site or for
distribution into the electrical grid.
This does not include ornamental wind devices.
1. Pre-Application Meeting. Before submitting an application for an
Energy Project conditional use permit, the applicant must schedule a
pre-application meeting with staff. The
meeting may also include affected adjacent landowners. At the pre-application meeting, the applicant
will provide:
A.
Documentation
demonstrating the need and purpose for such a facility so that alternatives to
the facility can be adequately assessed;
B.
All
site location alternatives considered by the applicant, providing at least two;
C.
Designation
of the applicant's preferred location; and
D.
A
“no-build” alternative that discusses measures that could be taken in an
attempt to meet the documented need without construction of the facility.
2.
Expert Report. The City may retain
an independent technical expert, to be paid for by the applicant, to assist
staff in reviewing the proposed Energy Project.
Staff will conduct an analysis of the alternatives to the proposed
Energy Project and narrow the alternatives to two, which may include the
applicant’s preferred location. This analysis shall be summarized in a staff
report. The report shall be presented to the City at the same meeting as the
application for a conditional use permit.
3.
General Application Requirements. The
applicant shall submit an application for a conditional use permit which must
include the following information for each alternative in the staff report as
well as the applicant’s preferred location, if it is not one of those selected
by the City:
A.
Project
costs;
B.
Any
available documentation that the applicant has acquired an interest in the
property proposed for the Energy Project;
C.
Amount
of vegetation that would be removed or damaged;
D.
Depictions
of the views of the proposed facility, if above ground, from four directions;
E.
Projected
ambient noise levels and maximum noise levels that will be experienced by
adjacent properties;
F.
The
potential for interference with telephones and other electronic devices,
including medical devices;
G.
For
an electrical transmission line or substation, a summary of current research
regarding the health effects of Electronic and Magnetic Fields (“EMF”) levels,
conducted by health and scientific professionals, including those who do and do
not receive utility sponsorship;
H.
For
an electrical transmission line or substation, EMF levels under maximum and
average anticipated loading at the base of the utility poles, underneath the
wires between the poles, at ground level above underground wires, at the edge
of the property line, at the edge of the closest habitable building, and at the
point above ground where there would be the greatest EMF level; and
I.
For
an electrical transmission line or substation, reasonable and prudent measures
to minimize EMF levels along all alternative routes.
4.
Transmission Line Requirements. For an
electrical transmission line, the applicant must comply with the following
unless the applicant shows that this is not reasonable or prudent:
A.
The
routes must be on or along corridors presently used for public roads, public
trails, railroads, or above-ground utilities, or on corridors which were
previously used for such purposes and which are being retained for future
public or utility purposes.
B.
Arterial
or collector streets must be used instead of local roadways, except that local
roadways may be used where above-ground electrical lines already exist.
C.
Platted
utility easements in residential zones, which do not abut public roads, or
roadway easements may not be used, unless the lines are placed underground.
2.
Selection of Alternative. The City Council may select an alternative by
a majority vote of the members present upon recommendation of the Planning
Commission.
3.
Conditions of Approval. The City may impose reasonable conditions as
part of the approval to protect adjacent property or people. In
addition to the general criteria for evaluating a conditional use permit in
Section 10.17, the following specific criteria shall be used in evaluating the
application:
A.
The
potential adverse aesthetic, economic, environmental, social, health, and/or
safety impacts on adjacent properties or people;
B.
The
proximity to existing residential districts and future residential districts
according to the Comprehensive Plan;
C.
The
location of the facility on the property;
D.
The
location of the access to the facility from public right of way;
E.
The
installation of all electrical transmission lines underground, to the maximum
extent that may be required by Minnesota law;
F.
The
storage of equipment, vehicles, and spare parts in an approved storage
building;
G.
The potential interference
with public use of public property;
H. The applicant's need to adequately and
reliably serve customers within the
relevant service area now and in the foreseeable future,
I. Project
costs.
4. Unfeasible Alternatives. If, after the City Council has selected an
alternative, the applicant believes that it cannot use the alternative due to
reasons beyond its own control and not apparent during the selection process,
the applicant may notify the City in writing and
request the selection of a different alternative. The City Council may select a different
alternative if it finds that the applicant is prevented from the using the
selected location.
5. Site Plan. After receiving the conditional use permit
and before beginning construction, the applicant must apply for site plan
approval pursuant to Section 10.06A of this Chapter. The site plan may be considered at the same meeting
as the conditional use permit application. Only the site plan for the selected
location will be considered. The site
plan must also comply with the following:
A. The site plan must include a landscape
plan prepared by a registered landscape architect. Plant material selection will take into
consideration disease and insect resistance, hardiness to the area, the ability
to provide seasonal interest and future maintenance considerations. Native species are preferred. Invasive
species as identified by the Minnesota Department of Natural Resources are
prohibited.
1. The plan must be designed to mitigate
the amount of trees removed for the facility and must
minimize the visual impact on abutting properties caused by the facility.
2.
The
applicant must install and maintain the landscaping in compliance with code
provisions and the plan as approved by the City.
3.
With
the concurrence of the abutting property owner, the landscape plan may include
plantings on abutting property. In that
case, the applicant will be responsible for installation, and the abutting
property owner will be responsible for the maintenance of the landscaping. A signed easement which memorializes such an
agreement must be provided. The easement
must be recorded with the Benton County Recorder.
B. The site plan must also contain a
drainage plan for the site which should include low impact development
stormwater treatment and containment techniques described in Section 4 of the
City’s Comprehensive Plan where feasible.
C. The facility must be designed to
minimize the visual impact of the facility.
1. The applicant must submit
configuration, material, and color options that are technically feasible.
2. The City may
require the applicant to design the facility in a manner that reduces the
visual impact of the project, including regulating the height and spacing of
utility poles.
3. Utility poles may not exceed 80 feet in
height, except when needed to cross a major roadway such as a highway.
4.
The
City may require the applicant to install screening of the facility to minimize
the visual impact to neighboring properties and public right of way.
D. The facility must not interfere with
the use of public right-of-way, including use for vehicular and pedestrian
travel, snow storage, and lateral support.
Subd.
8. Severability and Savings
Clause. If any
section or portion of this ordinance is found to be unconstitutional or
otherwise invalid or unenforceable, that finding shall not effect
the validity and enforceability of any other section or provision of this
ordinance. The remaining
provisions shall be considered severable, and shall be given effect to the
maximum extent possible.
Subdivision 1. Definitions.
For
purposes of this section, certain terms and words are hereby defined as
follows. The following definitions shall
control if there is a conflicting definition found elsewhere in Chapter 10.
Billboard:
A free standing sign which directs attention to
a business, commodity, service or entertainment not exclusively related to the
premises where such a sign is located or to which it is affixed.
Campaign Sign: A sign of a temporary nature which states the
name and/or picture of an individual seeking election or appointment to a
public office or pertaining to a forthcoming public election or referendum. This does not include permanently constructed
billboard signs or structures.
Directional Sign: A sign erected on public or private property
which bears the address and/or name of a business, institution, church or other
use or activity plus directional arrows or information on location.
Dynamic Displays: Any
characteristics of a sign that appear to have movement of that appear to
change, caused by any method other than physically removing and replacing the
sign or its components, whether the apparent movement of change is in the
display, the sign structure itself, or any other component of the sign. This
includes a display that incorporates a technology or method allowing the sign
face to change the image without having to physically or mechanically replace
the sign face or its components. This also includes any animated display and
any display that incorporates rotating panels, LED lights manipulated through
digital input, “digital ink” or any other method or technology that allows the
sign face to present a series of images or displays.
Identification Sign: A sign to identify a common area containing a
group of structures, or a single structure containing a number of tenants,
including such examples as a residential sub-division, apartment complex,
industrial park, manufactured home park, or shopping center. Such a sign may name the persons, businesses,
or tenants included in the area.
Illumination, internal: a light
source within the sign.
Illumination, external: a light
source which is not internal to the sign.
Limited tenant building: a
commercial retail establishment or a group of commercial retail establishments
with the designed occupancy of three or less tenants. It must have shared
parking and a visual appearance as a contiguous structure which may or may not
be planned, constructed or managed as a total entity. This includes
single tenant retail structures.
Lot Front:
See Street Frontage.
Monument sign: Any freestanding sign not
mounted on a pylon or post
Multitenant building:
a group of commercial retail establishments with a designed occupancy of
four or more tenants with shared parking and visual appearance as a contiguous
structure which may or may not be planned, constructed or managed as a total
entity.
On-Premises Sign: A sign which directs attention to a business,
commodity, service or entertainment related to the premises where such a sign
is located or to which it is affixed.
Portable Sign: See Temporary Sign.
Pylon Sign:
A freestanding sign erected on a pylon(s) or post(s).
Reader Board Sign: A dynamic
Display sign that is capable of displaying copy/text, but not images.
Real Estate Sign: A business sign placed upon a property
advertising that particular property for sale or for rent or lease.
Rotating Sign: A sign which revolves or rotates on its axis
by mechanical means.
Roof Mounted Sign: Any sign which is erected, constructed or
attached wholly or in part upon or over the roof of a building.
Sandwich Board Sign: A freestanding stationary sign
composed of two boards bearing placards, hinged at the top and whose bottom
edges rest on the ground, or one placard on a platform, and used for
advertising with the primary purpose to target pedestrian, not vehicular traffic.
Shopping center: An integrated grouping of commercial
stores, under single ownership or control, or under collective ownership with
common features such as parking, lighting, maintenance, etc.
Sign:
A name, identification, description, display, illustration or device
which is affixed to, painted, or represented directly or indirectly upon a
building, structure, land, rock, pole, fence or tree and which directs
activity, or which is displayed for informational purposes about a person,
institution, organization or business and is visible to the general public.
Street Frontage: The length of the side of a City lot fronting on the street, or, in the case of a corner
lot, the longest side of such lot.
Temporary Sign: Any sign, including without limitation,
banners, pennants and private flags, that is intended to be transportable or
moveable, whether fixed or not, to the ground or a structure.
Wall Sign:
A sign painted on or placed against or attached to the exterior wall
surface of a building or structure.
Subdivision
2. Purpose.
The regulation
of the location, placement, size, shape, height, condition, cluttering or
illumination of signs is necessary to achieve the following objectives:
A. To establish standards which permit
property owners the opportunity to identify and advertise themselves, goods, or
services.
B. To preserve and protect the value of
land, buildings and landscapes and promote the attractiveness of the community.
C. To ensure that signs in the City are not
a safety hazard to lives and/or property.
D. To eliminate confusion in locating
goods, services and facilities, and to preserve order.
E. To encourage business to erect
permanent signs and discourage temporary and/or portable signs.
Subdivision
3. General Sign Regulations.
A. Rotating
Signs. Rotating signs are permitted
in the areas described below provided that the outer edge shall not exceed a
speed of 4 revolutions per minute and the rotating portion of the sign shall be
a minimum of 8 feet above the adjacent grade.
No rotating sign shall extend over public right-of-way.
B. Measurement
of Sign Area. The square footage of
a sign made up of letters, words or symbols within a frame shall be determined
from the outside edge of the frame itself.
The square footage of a sign composed of only letters, words or symbols
shall be determined from imaginary straight lines drawn around the entire copy
or grouping of such letters, words or symbols.
Double-faced, three dimensional and multi-faced signs shall be
calculated as the area of one side only.
C. Measurement
of Freestanding Sign Height. The
height of a freestanding sign shall be measured from the elevation of the
average adjacent land area within a 50 foot radius of
the sign.
D. Condition
and Maintenance. All signs must be
maintained in good condition and the area around them kept free from debris,
overgrown grass, and weeds and from anything else which would be a nuisance.
All signs must be kept in good repair.
Unless constructed of galvanized or non-corroding metal, signs must be
treated with appropriate wood preservative or thoroughly painted as often as is
necessary, consistent with good maintenance practices. All braces, bolts,
clips, supporting frame and fastenings shall be free from deterioration, rot,
or loosening. All signs shall be able to
withstand safely, at all times, the wind pressure that could occur.
E. Billboards. All Billboards shall require a conditional
use permit. The conditional use permit
shall be obtained in accordance with Section 10.17 of this Ordinance. All
Billboards must be in conformance with the following standards:
1. Billboards
must be located within 100 feet of the right-of-way of the highway.
2. Maximum area
is 672 square feet, per side.
3. Minimum ground
clearance is 8 feet.
4. Maximum height
of a billboard is 50 feet.
5. No part of the
billboard structure shall be built upon or over the public right-of-way.
6. Minimum
distance from Residential R-1 and R-2 Districts is 200 feet.
7. Minimum
distance from other billboards on the same side of a road is 1,000 feet.
8. Minimum
distance from street intersection is 100 feet as measured from the right of
way.
9. Minimum
distance from adjacent properties is 50 feet.
10. Billboards are
allowed only in Commercial and Industrial Districts in the corridors delineated
on the Billboard map (Subdivision 14, Figure 1).
11. All Billboards
in Commercial and Industrial Districts in the corridors delineated on the
Billboard map (Subdivision 14, Figure 1) on November 11, 2002, that are in
violation of subparagraph 7 of this Subdivision after November 12, 2002, shall
not be considered nonconforming.
F. Directional Signs.
1. Directional
signs shall be limited to two signs per street entrance or exit.
2. Such signs
shall be for the sole purpose of ensuring safe and convenient access and egress
to the use for which they apply.
3. No such sign
shall exceed 2 square feet in area in the Residential Districts, and shall not
exceed 8 square feet in area in all other districts.
G. Wall
Signs. Wall signs are permitted in
the Commercial and Industrial Districts only, except for churches and schools
which may place wall signs in any district.
Projecting parallel signs may project over public right-of-way provided
signs do not extend more than 1 foot beyond the wall of the building or impede
free and complete use of the sidewalk for pedestrians.
H. On-Premises Signs.
1. On-premises
signs shall not exceed 20 feet in height within 20 feet of any lot line
abutting public street right-of-way. Any
sign set back more than 20 feet shall not exceed 40 feet in height.
2. On-premises
pylon signs shall be limited to 1/3 square foot per lineal foot of street
frontage. The maximum size is 200 square
feet, or less as limited by their respective districts.
I. Projecting
Signs. Projecting signs, including
canopies, may project over public right-of-ways a maximum of 6 feet and shall
be at least 8 feet above the ground and shall not impede free and complete use
of the sidewalk for pedestrians.
J. Bus Bench Signs. Bus bench signs shall be limited to 2 benches
per lot.
K. Home
Occupation Signs. One identification
sign for the home occupation use is allowed, but shall not exceed 4 square feet
in area. All signs for Home Occupation
shall be set back a minimum distance of not less than 15 feet from the curb
line. If lighted, no Home Occupation
Sign shall be illuminated between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m.
L. Promotional
Signs. Promotional signs advertising
a temporary special community event such as a fair, farmers market or parade
may be permitted to be located over public right-of-way. The size, location and method of erection of
such signs shall be subject to approval by the public works director and the
chief of police pursuant to good engineering practices.
M. Special Sale Signs.
1. Sale, grand
opening, and going out of business signs shall be permitted in Commercial and
Industrial Districts, provided that such signs are displayed no more than 15
consecutive days quarterly. Such signs
shall be removed immediately upon termination of the sale or event that they
advertise.
2. All such signs
must be attached to the facade, wall or window of the building occupying or
conducting the sale or event which they advertise.
3. The total
signage shall not exceed 100 square feet of area.
N. Streamers.
1. Streamers may
be used only in the C-1, C-2, and C-3 Districts to outline property lines and
areas on a lot which displays merchandise outdoors.
2. Streamers
shall be replaced or removed when torn or faded.
3. Streamers may
not be displayed for more than 30 days in any 12 month
period, beginning upon the issuance of a permit. Streamers in other districts are limited to
the time of the event.
Subdivision
4. Exempt Signs.
The following
signs shall be exempt from the provisions of this section:
A. Official notices authorized by a court,
public body or public safety official.
B. Directional, warning or informational
signs authorized by federal, state or municipal governments.
C. Memorial plaques, building
identification signs and building cornerstones when cut or carved into a
masonry surface or when made of noncombustible material and made an integral
part of the building or structure.
D. The flag of a government or a
noncommercial institution, such as a school.
E. Religious symbols and seasonal
decorations within the appropriate holiday season.
Subdivision
5. Prohibited Signs.
The
following signs and devices are prohibited in any location:
A. Any sign or device that resembles any
official marker erected by a governmental agency or any display such as stop or
danger.
B. Signs which may be or may hereafter
become rotted, unsafe or unsightly.
C. Signs located in such a manner as to
obstruct or otherwise interfere with an official traffic sign, signal or device
or obstruct or interfere with a driver’s view of approaching, merging or
intersecting traffic.
D. Garage Sales, Rummage Sales, Yard Sales, and
Special Events:
1). Signs that advertise garage sales, rummage sales, yard sales and
special events not associated with a commercial or industrial enterprise are
permitted in the road right-of-way with permission of the property owner who is
responsible for the maintenance of that right-of-way, under the following
circumstances.
a)
Signs may be no larger than 480 square inches (3.3
square feet) in size (per side).
b)
Signs are limited to a total height of 30 inches
measured from the ground to the highest point of the sign, including any
mounting posts, sticks or other mounting materials. Balloons, flags, pennants and banners extending
above 30 inches are prohibited. No sign
shall have reflective material or any characteristics mentioned in item F
below.
c)
The wording on the sign must include the location
(address) and date(s) of the sale/event, not to exceed three (3) consecutive
calendar days and not to exceed three (3) sale/events per year, unless a greater number of days or events is
allowed by a City of Sauk Rapids special event permit or other applicable law.
d)
Signs may not be placed in medians.
2). Signs that do not meet the criteria listed above (a – d) will be
summarily removed. Any costs of removal
incurred by the City shall be assessed to the property owner whose
address is affixed to the sign and may be collected in the manner of ordinary
debt or in the manner of taxes and all costs shall be assessed against the
property.
3). Property owners, who have not been contacted and have not granted
permission to display such signs, may remove unwanted signs from their property
at their discretion.
4). Signs that remain posted beyond the date(s) of
the sale/event will be removed by the police department. Any costs of removal incurred by the City
shall be assessed to the property owner whose address is affixed to the sign
and may be collected in the manner of ordinary debt or in the manner of taxes
and all costs shall be assessed against the property.
5). For the purpose of the is Section, the term “special event’ shall
mean a birthday, anniversary, or graduation party; a church bazaar; an open
house; or an event arranged by a private citizen or a non-profit organization
to advertise a special occasion or provide a setting for a celebration, social
interaction and/or entertainment. The
city of Sauk Rapids reserves the right to determine if a specific event
qualifies as a “special event” under this Section.
E. Cloth, paper, soft plastic or similar
advertising signs or devices other than in rigid frames as provided herein
except those intended as temporary signs, or as provided by Item I below.
F. No Flashing Signs. Signs may not flash,
pulsate, strobe, rotate, or be affixed with moving appurtenances.
G. Rooftop Signs. Rooftop signs are prohibited.
H. Height of Signs on Buildings. Signs
attached to Buildings may not extend above the higher of the ceiling line of
the top floor or the top of a parapet wall.
I. Portable signs except as allowed for
temporary signs.
J. Any sign attached to, or placed on a
vehicle or trailer parked on public or private property. The prohibition of this subsection does not
prohibit the identification of a firm or its principal products on a vehicle operating
during the normal course of business.
K. Pennants, banners and private flags
bearing any logo, product name, business name or other advertising, and
balloons, except as temporary signs temporarily attached to automobiles or
temporarily displayed as part of a special sale, promotion or community event.
L. Billboards in any area other than that
permitted by this Section.
M. Searchlights.
Subdivision
6. Temporary and Portable Signs.
A. Temporary signs, including portable
signs, shall only be allowed once during any twelve-month period and only after
an application has been approved for location and placement by the Community
Development Department. An application
for such signs may be approved for no more than 60 consecutive days in any one
12-month period, beginning upon the issuance of a permit. Temporary or portable signs are allowed only
by permit, subject to a fee set forth in the City Fee Schedule.
B. Illuminated temporary or portable signs
shall have a recognized seal of approval of listing from Underwriters
Laboratories (UL) or other recognized electrical standard and shall be
installed in conformance with that listing or, if more restrictive, the National
Electrical Code as adopted by the State of Minnesota.
C. There shall be no more than one portable
sign per parcel of property or business, whichever is less, permitted at any
one time.
D. The internal wiring of an illuminated
outdoor sign that is temporary or portable and readily accessible shall be
supplied from, and protected by, ground-fault circuit-interrupters.
E. Extension cords used to supply power to
portable or temporary signs shall be enclosed in metal conduit or elevated at
least 9 feet above the ground to prevent tripping over or electrical hazards.
F. Anchors for portable or temporary signs
shall be subject to approval by the Building Inspector and maintained to
prevent displacement or tipping during high winds.
G. During the development of a new
subdivision consisting of 2 or more lots, there shall be allowed 2 signs in the
subdivision, not to exceed 64 square feet in surface area and not to exceed 12
feet in height. The signs may advertise
the development and may name the subdivision, subdivision layout, developer,
contractors, suppliers, brokers and financial institutions involved. A permit shall be obtained for the placement
of such signs and a fee paid as set by Council resolution. Additional signs having a surface area not to
exceed 4 square feet, and a height not to exceed 6 feet, directing the public
and/or identifying models in the subdivision are also permitted. Both types of signs shall be removed when 75%
of the lots are developed or within 2 years, whichever shall occur first. Such signs shall not be illuminated.
H. Contractor, Engineer, Architect, and
Financial Institution signs shall be removed 2 weeks after sale or occupancy of
the land or building, whichever occurs first.
I. Sandwich Board Signs may be allowed
after issuance of a one-time permit that shall be issued to the business to be
advertised. The permit shall not attach
to the property on which the business is located. The permit shall be issued by the Community
Development Director after payment of a fee set forth in the City’s Fee
Schedule and shall be subject to the provisions of this subdivision and the
following additional conditions:
1) Sandwich
Board Signs shall be allowed in the D-1, C-1,
C-2, and the C-3 Districts.
2) Sandwich Board Signs shall be limited to 12
square feet per side and shall be no more than 4 ½ feet in height.
3) Sandwich Boards Signs shall not interfere
with public rights-of-way in any manner, including sight lines for pedestrian
or vehicular traffic.
4) Sandwich Board Signs shall be placed
adjacent to the business being advertised and, in the case of buildings with
multiple tenants, shall not be placed in front of other businesses or in common
areas except on private sidewalks adjacent to the business being advertised so
long as a 48 inch walkway can be left unobstructed.
5) Businesses shall be allowed one Sandwich
Board Sign per public entrance to the business being advertised. For businesses with no public entrance, one
Sandwich Board Sign may be allowed for each drive-thru or walk-up service
window.
6) Sandwich Board Signs shall be displayed only
during the normal operating hours of the business they advertise.
7) Sandwich Board Signs shall not count toward
a property’s total square footage of signage allowed by this Section.
8) In the D-1, Downtown Business District
Sandwich Board Signs shall be allowed in the public right-of-way within two (2)
feet of the building in which the business being advertised is located, so long
as an adequate walkway of no less than 48 inches is left unobstructed.
9) In the D-1, C-1, Limited Commercial District, C-2, Commercial District,
and the C-3, Highway Commercial District Sandwich Board Signs may be allowed on private property. If the sign is placed on a private sidewalk,
a walkway of 48 inches must be left unobstructed.
10) In the
D-1, Downtown District, C-1, Limited Commercial District, C-2, Commercial
District, and the C-3, Highway Commercial District Sandwich Board Signs may be
allowed on private property if a walkway of 48 inches is left unobstructed.
11) Sandwich
Board Signs shall not obstruct sight lines at intersections, and in no event
shall any Sandwich Board Sign be placed within 10 feet of the edge of any curb
or street edge at any intersection.
12) The sign
shall not require any form of electricity or include display lights or moving
parts.
13) A new
permit shall be required for the replacement of any Sandwich Board Sign or any
physical changes to the sign’s frame or platform, provided that simply changing
the copy/text of a sign shall not require a new permit.
14) Prior to Placing any Sandwich Boards in the
public right-of-way, the property owner shall provide to the City proof
of liability insurance and sign an agreement holding the City harmless.
Subdivision
7. Real Estate Signs.
A. Real
Estate identification signs shall be removed 2 weeks after closing or occupancy
of the building, which ever occurs first.
B. Real Estate
signs shall not exceed 8 square feet in all Residential Districts. Real Estate signs in all other districts
shall not exceed 130 square feet. Real
Estate signs shall be installed on private property only.
C. Real Estate
signs over 8 square feet require a permit from the Community Development
Department.
D. Real Estate
signs advertising the sale of lots located within a subdivision shall be
permitted provided that there shall be no more than 1 sign per entrance, and
each sign shall be no greater than 64 square feet in area, no greater than 12
feet in height, and erected no longer than a period of 1 year. Such signs may be installed off premises in
order to direct visitors to the property.
Subdivision 8. Campaign Signs.
A. Campaign signs
posted by a bona fide candidate for a political office or by a person or group
promoting a political office or by a person or group promoting a political
issue or a political candidate may be placed in any district except on public
space and school property.
B. A campaign
sign shall be permitted for a period of not more than 60 days before the date
of the election to which the sign relates.
C. If the sign
relates to an office which is the subject of a primary election, it may be
retained in place after the primary election if it relates to the next ensuing
election.
D. Campaign
signs shall be removed within 7 days following the date of the election to
which they relate.
E. Campaign signs
shall be set back a minimum distance of not less than 15 feet from the curb
line. No sign shall be on public
right-of-way.
F. Campaign signs
shall not exceed 16 square feet in area and not more than 8 feet in height in
all Residential Districts and not more than 32 square feet in area and no more
than 10 feet in height in all other districts.
These restrictions shall not apply to lawfully established billboards.
G. Campaign signs
in violation of this subsection shall be immediately removed by the City.
Subdivision 9. Signs in Residential Districts R-1, R-2, R-3,
R-4 and Agricultural Districts A-1.
A. The following signs may be erected,
hung, placed or painted within a R-1, R-2, R-3, R-4 and A-1 districts, subject
to the regulations outlined in this Section 10.16:
1. 1 unlighted or
indirectly illuminated nameplate not exceeding 2 square feet in area announcing
only the same and/or location of all occupants of a residence.
2.
Religious
Institutions such as Churches, Chapels, Temples, Synagogues, and Mortuaries,
Schools, Hospitals, or Public or Semi-Public institutions shall be allowed
identification signs subject to the following regulations:
a. Only one freestanding sign per institution shall be allowed adjacent to
any one public road or street.
b. The sign shall be located on the same parcel of land as the institution
that is applying for the sign
c. The sign shall be no more then eight (8) feet in height.
d. The sign shall be no more then thirty two (32)
square feet copy area.
e. Only indirect illumination will be allowed.
3. One identification sign for each use
other than R-1 and R-2 which shall not exceed 8 square feet in area.
4. Home
occupation signs, campaign signs and real estate signs.
5. Subdivision Identification signs are allowed in R-1, R-2, R-3, and R-4,
subject to the following regulations:
a. The sign shall display only the name and the logo of the subdivision.
b. The subdivision must have at least 25 single-family lots or 50
multiple-family lots.
c. Only one freestanding sign per subdivision shall be allowed adjacent to
any one public road or street.
d. The sign shall be located on a parcel of land held in common ownership or
located within a dedicated permanent sign easement and shall be perpetually
maintained by a homeowners’ association.
e. The sign shall be no more then eight (8) feet in height.
f.
The sign shall be no
more then thirty two (32) square feet copy area.
g. Total monument area per sign shall be a maximum of sixty-five (65) square
feet per side.
h. Only indirect illumination will be allowed.
B. All signs in the Residential Districts
shall be set back a minimum distance of not less than 15 feet from the
curbline.
Subdivision
10. Signs in Commercial District C-1,
The following
signs shall be permitted in commercial districts, subject to the regulation
outlined in this Section 10.16:
A. On-premises signs and identification
signs are permitted. There may be
building signs, free standing signs or pylon signs. Height limitations are specified in Subdivision
3. I. If lighted, signs shall be of
non-glare illumination.
B. In Commercial Districts, the sign area
in a lot shall not exceed the following:
1. Total square footage of building wall
signs shall not exceed the lesser of: (1) 15% of the building surface area
on the side of the building where the sign will be placed, or (2) the product
of the Street Frontage of the property where the building is located and the
multiplier set forth in the following table:
Street
Frontage Multiplier
0
to and including 50 feet 1.0
feet
Over
50 feet to and including 100 feet 1.5
feet
Over
100 feet 2.0
feet
*Strip Mall
signs must be uniform in height, but can vary in length based on the table set
forth above.
2. Free standing signs shall be limited
to 1/3 square foot per lineal foot of street frontage of the lot, to a maximum
of 200 square feet, or less as limited by their respective districts. Signs must be placed within their setbacks,
where setbacks are required.
3. All temporary
signs as specified in Subdivision 6 are permitted.
C. One area identification sign per Limited
or Multi tenant building may be erected without reducing the square footage
allowance for businesses in the center.
The sign area may be 1 square foot per lineal front footage of all
buildings.
D. Real Estate Signs and Campaign Signs.
E. Dynamic Display Signs shall be allowed
as freestanding signs only and shall meet all other requirements of this
Section
F. Identification Signs.
G. Billboards in corridors delineated in Subdivision
14 on the Billboard map (Figure 1).
Subdivision
11 Signs in the Commercial District C-2
and the Downtown District D-1
A. Signage Plan. All requests for signs must be submitted to
the Community Development Department for approval and must contain a plan with
detail as to height, size, location, materials, color, style and lighting,
together with a full color rendering.
The Signage Plan must include the above information for all existing
signage as well as for the signage being requested.
B. Signs Styles. Traditional wood, metal, or awning signs with
lights shining onto the sign are encouraged.
Traditional neon signs may be permitted, if approved by the Community
Development Department. Plastic signage
which has interior illumination, although permitted, is discouraged.
C.
Sign Standards. Any sign
located within the D-1 District must meet the following minimum standards:
D. Permitted Signs. On-premises
identification, business or area identification signs will be permitted.
E. Building Wall Signs. Building wall signage must not exceed one
square foot per lineal foot of frontage or 15% of building frontage whichever
is greater. No individual wall sign may
exceed 100 sq feet. No Dynamic Display Signage shall be allowed as
building wall signs.
F. Holographic Signs. Holographic
signs shall not be allowed.
G. Freestanding Signs. Freestanding
signs are not permitted unless monument style not exceeding eight (8) feet in
height measured from the top of curb on the street closest to the sign. Although permitted, monument signs, which are
internally illuminated, are discouraged.
Monument signs, which are metal, wood or similar materials with
illumination provided by light shining onto the sign are preferred. The maximum size for a ground or freestanding
sign, including monument, shall be 100 square feet, measured from the widest
point on the outside edges of the sign’s posts or columns. Signs shall not extend beyond posts or
columns. No individual business shall
have more then one freestanding sign. Freestanding signs must be setback 10
feet from neighboring properties.
Exception: Pylon style freestanding
signs shall be allowed providing they meet the following standards:
1. The pylon must be
within 100’ of US Highway 10 Right of Way.
2. The sign structure
may not exceed 50 feet in height.
3. The sign structure
may not be less then 30 feet in height.
4. No sign may be lower on the pylon then 60% of
the pylons total height including the sign, although no sign on the pylon shall
be lower than 20’ above grade.
5. A maximum of one
pylon per property (tax parcel) and one sign per pylon shall be allowed and the
maximum size of the signage may
not exceed 140 square feet, except as allowed in shopping centers.
6. Off-premise pylon
signs shall not be allowed although pylon signs in shopping centers shall be
allowed to co-locate signage from other businesses within that shopping center.
A maximum of three signs per shopping center pylon shall be allowed. No
individual sign may exceed 140 square feet and no shopping center may have more
then one pylon sign.
7. Dynamic display signs
are not allowed on a Pylon.
8. Signs may not have an
LED border.
9. Each individual sign
may not contain advertising for more then
one business.
10. The minimum distance
between pylon signs on the same side of
the road shall be 500 feet.
H. Dynamic Display Signs. Dynamic
display signs shall be allowed as freestanding signs (monument style) only and
shall meet all other requirements of this Section.
I. Identification Signs. One (1)
area identification sign will be allowed per limited or multi tenant building
without reducing the square footage allowance for businesses in the center.
Such a sign may be one (1) square foot per lineal front footage of all
Buildings up to a maximum of one hundred (100) square feet.
J. Billboards. Off-premises signs
(i.e. billboards) are not permitted within the Downtown (D-1 District) and
shall only be allowed in the C-2 District to the extent allowed in Subdivision
14 of this Section.
K. Temporary Signs. Temporary Signs
shall be permitted only in accord with City Ordinance. Notwithstanding the above, temporary signs
shall be limited to eighty (80) square feet and shall not be allowed for more
than sixty (60) days in any calendar year.
Neon colored lettering is prohibited on temporary signs.
L. Clearance. Signs or marquees,
which may extend beyond the building lines, may not be constructed to extend
over the property line. Signs located
within three (3) feet of an alley, driveway or parking area will have a clearance
of fourteen (14) feet above finished grade.
Notwithstanding any restrictions contained in the City’s other
Ordinances, Building signs may extend over sidewalks,
if adequate clearance is provided.
M. Architectural Style. All signs
must be architecturally compatible with other improvements on the Lot.
N. Residential Structures. Signs on residential structures must meet the
requirements of Subdivision 9 of this Section.
O. Any
sign facing residentially zoned property, if only separated by a street, alley,
or less, must be externally lit.
Subdivision 12
Signs in the Commercial District
C-3. Within the C-3 District,
permanent signs which comply with the following standards are permitted:
A. Freestanding signs. Freestanding Signs
are only allowed as monument style except as allowed in Subdivision 12. C.
Below.
1.
Size of sign permitted is determined by the gross square footage
of the principal structure located in the development or the signs proximity to
Highway 10.
2. One sign
per development unless a multi-tenant building or limited tenant buildings over 100,000 gross square feet with two or more
primary access points. A second monument at a secondary access point is
permitted. The second monument sign shall include a shopping center
identification message only and shall not exceed the lesser of 50 percent of
the copy and graphic area and height requirement of the permitted principal
sign or 100 square feet of copy area and 21 feet in height.
3. The following
table lists the maximum size and heights for permitted freestanding signs for
all C-3 zoned businesses:
Monument sign |
||
principal
structure |
height |
copy &
graphic |
Greater than 100,000 and
within 250 feet of Highway 10 right of way |
35’ |
400 |
greater than 100,000 |
21' |
200 |
20,000 - 100,000 |
18' |
120 |
less than 20,000 |
15' |
100 |
building with multiple screen theater |
21' |
200 |
4.
Monument area shall not exceed 1.5 times the permitted copy and
graphic area.
5.
No product or service advertising is permitted.
6.
Signs may be single or double faced.
7.
Signs which are not internally illuminated shall have light fixtures and
sources screened from views.
1. Signs may not directly face a
residentially zoned area if separated only by a street, alley, landscaping, or
less.
2.
Size of signage is determined by gross square footage of principal
structure on property.
3.
The following table
indicates maximum wall signage permitted for limited tenant buildings:
|
4. Wall signs
shall not include product advertising. Wall signs shall include tenant
identification, tenant logo, shopping center name, shopping center logo, or any
combination of the four.
5. Signs
may not directly face a residentially zoned area if separated only by a street,
alley, landscaping, or less.
6. Wall
signage may only be placed on the front of the building and any other side of
the building facing a non-alley, public road.
7. Signage on convenient store canopies over
fuel pumps shall be limited to 30% of wall face.
C. Pylon
Signs. Because of the high need for visibility by
some business in this district, pylon signs shall be allowed if within 100’ of
US. Highway 10 with the following provisions:
1. The pylon must be within 100’ of US Highway
10 Right of Way.
2. The sign structure may not exceed 50 feet in
height.
3. The sign structure may not be less then 30
feet in height.
4. No
sign may be lower on the pylon then 60% of the pylons
total height, including the sign, although no sign on the pylon shall be lower
then 20’ above grade.
5. A maximum of one pylon per property (tax
parcel) and one sign per pylon shall be allowed and the maximum size of the
signage may not exceed 140 square feet, except as allowed in shopping centers.
6. Off-premise pylon signs shall not be allowed
although pylon signs in shopping centers shall be allowed to co-locate signage
from other businesses within that shopping center. A maximum of three signs per
shopping center pylon shall be
allowed. No individual sign may exceed 140 square feet and no shopping center
may have more then one pylon sign.
7. Dynamic display signs are not allowed on a
Pylon.
8. Signs
may not have an LED border.
9. Each individual sign may not contain
advertising for more than one business.
10. The minimum distance between pylon signs on
the same side of the road shall be 500 feet.
D. Hotel Signs. Because of the need for high visibility and the
variety in size and shape of hotel structures, variances will be considered but
not necessarily granted.
1.
Freestanding signs:
a.
one monument sign, except that a second monument sign may be allowed if
the property has frontage and access on two arterial streets;
b.
15 foot maximum monument height; and
c.
60 square feet maximum copy and graphic area.
d. Total signage shall not exceed 1.5 times
the copy and graphic area.
2.
Wall signs:
a. individually
mounted and internally illuminated letters;
b. one wall sign except
that a second wall sign on a second wall may be permitted if the signs are not
directly oriented toward an R-1 or R-2 zoned residential area; and
c. maximum letter
height up to 36 inches. Variances may be considered for letter height based on
proportional relationship to the mass and height of building.
E.
Billboards.
Off-premises signs (i.e. billboards) are not permitted within the C-3 District
except to the extent allowed in Subdivision 14 of this Section.
F. Temporary Signs. Temporary Signs within
the C-3 District shall be permitted only in accord with this Section, except
that temporary signs shall be limited to eighty (80) square feet and shall not
be allowed for more than sixty (60) days in any calendar year. Neon colored lettering is prohibited on
temporary signs.
G.
Clearance.
Signs or marquees, which may extend beyond the Building
lines, may not be constructed to extend over the property line. Signs located within three (3) feet of an
alley, driveway or parking area will have a clearance of fourteen (14) feet
above finished grade. Notwithstanding
any restrictions contained in the City’s other Ordinances, Building
signs may extend over sidewalks, if adequate clearance is provided.
H. Maintenance. All signs must be
maintained in good condition and the area around them kept free from debris,
overgrown grass, and weeds and from anything else which would be a nuisance.
All signs must be kept in good repair.
Unless constructed of galvanized or non-corroding metal, signs must be
treated with appropriate wood preservative or thoroughly painted as often as is
necessary, consistent with good maintenance practices. All braces, bolts,
clips, supporting frame and fastenings shall be free from deterioration, rot,
or loosening. All signs shall be able to
withstand safely, at all times, the wind pressure that could occur.
I. No
Flashing Signs. Signs may not flash, pulsate, strobe, rotate, or be affixed
with moving appurtenances, or create the impression of movement.
J. Rooftop Signs. Rooftop signs are prohibited.
K. Height of Signs on Buildings. Signs
attached to Buildings may not extend above the higher of the ceiling line of
the top floor or the top of a parapet wall.
L. Holographic Signs. Holographic Signs are not allowed.
Subdivision
13. Signs in Industrial Districts
I-1.
A. All signs permitted in the Residential
or Commercial Districts shall be permitted in the Industrial District.
1.
The total square footage of sign area for each lot shall not exceed 2
square feet for each lineal foot of frontage.
2. Not more than
1 advertising structure may be erected on any lot having a frontage of 100 feet
or less. Not more than 2 advertising
structures for lots of 100 feet or more are permitted.
3. Signs shall
not exceed 20 feet in height within 20 feet of any lot line abutting public
street right-of-way. Any sign set back
more than 20 feet shall not exceed 40 feet in height.
4. No sign
attached to the wall of a building shall project higher than 10 feet above the
height of the building.
Subdivision
14. Billboards.
A. Billboards.
Billboards and billboard structures are only allowed as delineated on the
Billboard map as
amended from time to time. (See Figure
1).
Subdivision 15. Nonconforming Signs.
A. Nonconforming Signs shall be regulated by
this Section and Section 10.03.
B. Billboards which do not conform to the
requirements of this section shall be removed at expiration of the current
lease or agreement unless mandatory removal is prohibited by state or federal
law. Billboards may be refaced.
Subdivision
16. Permit and Fees.
A. All new or modified signs shall require
a permit from the Community Development Department unless exempted in this
subdivision.
B. The permit and inspection fee for signs
shall be set forth in the City Fee Schedule.
C. Application for permits shall be made
upon forms provided by the City and shall be accompanied by:
1. The name and
address of the sign owner and sign erector.
2. A drawing to
scale showing the design, location and construction of the sign.
3. Such other
pertinent information as the building inspector may require to insure compliance with this Section 10.16.
D. All signs not maintained and kept in
good repair shall be subject to removal by the city at the expense of the land
or sign owner.
E. The following signs shall be exempt
only from a permit or permit fee; however, all other provisions of this
ordinance shall apply.
1. 1 on-premises
identification sign not exceeding 2 square feet in area in Residential
Districts and 8 square feet in Commercial and Industrial Districts. The identification sign may announce only the
name and/or address of the occupants or the premises.
2. Signs located
on rolling stock of common carriers, or on motor vehicles or trailers bearing
current license plates, which are lawfully parked upon public streets or
highways when the primary purpose of such parking is not the display of any
sign.
3. Signs which
are located on the interior of a building and are not visible from outside the
building.
4. On-premises
signs located inside an enclosed building and visible through a window or
windows.
5. 1 on-premises
institutional sign (bulletin board), not exceeding 24 square feet in surface
area, for churches, schools, public or semi-public institutions.
6. On-premises
signs each having an area of not more than 6 square feet, the message of which
is limited to warning of any danger, prohibition or regulation of the use of
the property or traffic or parking thereon.
7. Yard Sale
Signs.
8. Real Estate
signs 8 square feet or smaller.
9. Home
Occupation signs.
Subdivision 17. Dynamic
Displays.
A. Findings. Studies show that there is a
correlation between dynamic displays on signs and the distraction of highway
drivers. Distraction can lead to traffic accidents. Drivers can be distracted
not only by a changing message, but also by knowing that the sign has a
changing message. Drivers may watch a sign waiting for the next change to
occur. Drivers are also distracted by messages that do not tell the full story
in one look. People have a natural desire to see the end of the story and will
continue to look at the sign in order to wait for the end. Additionally,
drivers are more distracted by special effects used to change the message, such
as fade-ins and fade-outs. Finally, drivers are generally more distracted by
messages that are too small to be clearly seen or that contain more than a
simple message. Time and temperature signs appear to be an exception to these
concerns because the messages are short, easily absorbed, and become inaccurate
without frequent changes.
Despite these public safety concerns,
there is merit to allowing new technologies to easily update messages. Except
as prohibited by state or federal law, sign owners should have the opportunity
to use these technologies with certain restrictions. The restrictions are
intended to minimize potential driver distraction and to minimize proliferation
in residential districts where signs can adversely impact residential
character.
Local spacing requirements could
interfere with the equal opportunity to use such technologies and are not
included. Without those requirements, however, there is the potential for
numerous dynamic displays to exist along any roadway. If more than one dynamic
display can be seen from a given location on a road, the minimum display time
becomes critical. If the display time is too short, a driver could be subjected
to a view that appears to have constant movement. This impact would obviously
be compounded in a corridor with multiple signs. If dynamic displays become
pervasive and there are no meaningful limitations on each sign's ability to
change frequently, drivers may be subjected to an unsafe degree of distraction
and sensory overload. Therefore, a longer display time is appropriate.
A constant message is typically needed on
a sign so that the public can use it to identify and find an intended
destination. Changing messages detract from this way-finding purpose and could
adversely affect driving conduct through last-second lane changes, stops, or
turns, which could result in traffic accidents. Accordingly, dynamic displays
generally should not be allowed to occupy the entire copy and graphic area of a
sign.
In conclusion, the city finds that
dynamic displays should be allowed on signs but with significant controls to
minimize their proliferation and their potential threats to public safety.
B. Regulations. Dynamic displays on signs
are allowed subject to the following conditions:
1. Dynamic
displays are allowed only on monument signs where otherwise allowed in the C-1,
C-2, C-3, D-1 and I-1 Districts. In addition, Dynamic Display Signs are allowed
on billboards located within the delineated areas defined in Subdivision 12. A.
1. and that are in all other respects to Subdivision 3. F. of this Section,
considered conforming;
2. A dynamic
display may not change or move more often than once every 3 seconds;
3. The
transition from one display to another must be instantaneous without any
special effects;
4. The
images and messages displayed must be complete in themselves, without
continuation in content to the next image or message or to any other sign;
5. Every
line of copy and graphics in a dynamic display must be at least seven inches in
height on a road with a speed limit of 25 to 34 miles per hour, nine inches on
a road with a speed limit of 35 to 44 miles per hour, 12 inches on a road with
a speed limit of 45 to 54 miles per hour, and 15 inches on a road with a speed
limit of 55 miles per hour or more. If there is insufficient room for copy and
graphics of this size in the area allowed under clause 1 above, then no dynamic
display is allowed;
6. Dynamic
displays must be designed and equipped to freeze the device in one position if
a malfunction occurs. The displays must also be equipped with a means to
immediately discontinue the display if it malfunctions, and the sign owner must
immediately stop the dynamic display when notified by the city that it is not
complying with the standards of this ordinance;
7. Dynamic
displays must comply with the brightness standards contained in Subdivision 18;
8. Only one, contiguous dynamic display area
is allowed on a sign face;
9. Dynamic displays on signs located inside
enclosed buildings visible through windows shall be allowed only in the D-1
District and are exempt from items 1-5 above.
a. Shall be no
wider than five feet, no taller than one foot; and
b. Shall not
contain copy/graphic lines more than six inches in height or less than three
inches in height; and
c. A dynamic
display sign in a storefront window is intended to target pedestrian traffic
and shall be used only in accordance with the findings stated within item A of
this Subdivision.
10. Existing Dynamic Display readerboard
signs which exist as of the date of the adoption of this ordinance (March 24,
2008), shall be exempt from articles 2 and 4 above.
Subdivision
18. Brightness Standards.
A. All signs
must meet the following brightness standards in addition to those in Subdivision
17:
1.
No sign may be brighter than is necessary for clear and adequate
visibility.
2.
No sign may be of such intensity or brilliance as to impair the
vision of a motor vehicle driver with average eyesight or to otherwise
interfere with the driver's operation of a motor vehicle.
3.
No sign may be of such intensity or brilliance that it interferes
with the effectiveness of an official traffic sign, device or signal.
B. The
person owning or controlling the sign must adjust the sign to meet the
brightness standards in accordance with the city's instructions. The adjustment
must be made immediately upon notice of non-compliance from the city.
C. All signs
installed after March 1, 2008 that will have illumination by a means other than
natural light must be equipped with a mechanism that automatically adjusts the
brightness in response to ambient conditions. These signs must also be equipped
with a means to immediately turn off the display or lighting if it
malfunctions, and the sign owner or operator must immediately turn off the sign
or lighting when notified by the city that it is not complying with the
standards in this section.
SECTION
10.17 CONDITIONAL
USE PERMITS
Subdivision 1. Purpose. The purpose of this Section of the Zoning
Ordinance is to provide the City with a reasonable degree of discretion in
determining the suitability of certain designated uses upon the general welfare
and public safety. This is accomplished
through a Conditional Use Permit, which may be granted by the City Council for
uses designated within a district as Permitted Conditional Uses when such uses
are in harmony with both the zoning district in which it will be located and
the objectives of the comprehensive plan.
In the granting of its approval, the City Council may impose such
conditions regarding the location, character and other features of the proposed
building structure or use as it may deem advisable. A violation of any such condition is a
violation of this Chapter.
Subdivision
2. Procedure.
1. Application. A person applying for a Conditional Use
Permit must fill out and submit to the Zoning Administrator a Conditional Use
Permit application together with such information as is necessary to show
compliance with this Ordinance, including a site plan showing the following:
A. Site
description (legal description).
B. Site plan prepared by a qualified and
licensed civil engineer drawn to scale showing the parcel and building
dimensions, area and setbacks.
C. Location of all existing and proposed
buildings and their square footage.
D. Curb cuts, driveways, access roads,
parking spaces, off-street loading areas, sidewalks, vehicular circulation, and
snow storage locations.
E. Landscaping
and screening plans.
F. Waste
facilities including enclosure and screening.
G. Drainage
and grading plan.
H. Sanitary
sewer and water plan with estimated use per day.
I. Soil
type.
J. Any
additional written or graphic information reasonably required by the Zoning
Administrator or the Planning Commission.
2. Submission
to Zoning Administrator. Completed
applications must be submitted to the Zoning Administrator at least ten
fourteen (14) calendar days before the next regularly scheduled Planning
Commission meeting in order to be considered at that meeting. If the completed application is received less
than fourteen (14) calendar days before the next regularly scheduled Planning
Commission meeting, the application will not be reviewed by the Planning
Commission until the following regularly scheduled meeting.
3. Zoning Administrator Review of Applications
and Referral to the Planning Commission.
The Zoning Administrator will review all applications to verify they
are complete. An applicant will be
notified within ten (10) days if his/her application is incomplete. Only after the application is found to be
complete will the Zoning Administrator place the request on the Planning
Commission’s agenda. The Planning
Commission will then review the request at its next regularly scheduled
meeting.
4. Fees.
A fee, established by resolution of the City Council, must be submitted
along with the permit application. An
additional fee may be charged, for atypical projects, whether based on size or
type of use. In such case, the applicant
will be required to reimburse the City for administrative time, professional
services and costs incurred by the City.
Applications submitted without the requisite fee application and
recording fees will be considered incomplete.
5. Review by Departments. When deemed appropriate by the Zoning
Administrator, the application shall be referred to all applicable City
department(s) for their review and comment before it is placed on the Planning
Commission’s agenda.
6. Recommendation by the Planning Commission. At the Planning Commission meeting where the
application is considered, the Planning Commission will make a recommendation
to the City Council as to whether the City Council should approve or deny the
application. If approval is recommended,
the Planning Commission may suggest conditions to be attached to the
Conditional Use Permit.
7. Applicant’s
Appearance at the Planning Commission Meeting. The applicant
or the applicant’s representative(s) must appear before Planning Commission in
order to answer questions concerning the Conditional Use Permit
application. If the applicant or his or
her representative(s) is not present at the hearing, the Planning Commission
shall recommend the application be denied.
8. Public Hearing Before the City Council. Once the Planning Commission has held its
meeting and considered the application, the Zoning Administrator will schedule
a date for the official public hearing on the application before the City
Council. This hearing will take place,
if practical, within sixty (60) days of receipt by the Zoning Administrator of
the completed application. In the event
the public hearing may not beheld within sixty (60) days, the Applicant will be
notified in writing of the reasons for the delay and the date and time that the
public hearing will be held; which may not be more than one-hundred and twenty
(120) days from the date of receipt by the Zoning Administrator of the
completed application.
9. Published Notice. The City will publish notice of the pubic
hearing’s time, place and purpose at least once in the City’s official
newspaper at least ten (10) days before the public hearing. Applicants
withdrawing their applications after notice has been published and before the
official hearing before the City Council will be refunded only the recording
fee. No other refunds will be granted.
10. Mailed Notice to Property Owners. The City will also mail notice of the public
hearings time, place and purpose not less than ten (10) days and not more than
thirty (30) days before the hearing date to all individual property owners
within three hundred fifty (350) feet of the parcel included in the request.
The Zoning Administrator must attest and make a part of the proceeding’s
records a copy of the notice and list of the owners and addresses to which the
notice was sent. A property owner’s
failure to receive notice or a defective notice will not invalidate any
proceedings.
11. Appearance by Applicant at the Public
Hearing. The applicant or the
applicant’s representative(s) must appear before the City Council in order to
answer questions concerning the Conditional Use Permit application. If the
applicant or his or her representative(s) is not present at the hearing, the
City Council will deny the application.
No fees will be refunded.
12. City Council Meeting. At the Public Hearing before the City
Council, the City Council will either grant or deny the Conditional Use
Permit. Approval of a conditional use
will require passage by a majority vote of the full City Council.
13. Conditions. If the City Council grants the Conditional
Use Permit, it may impose conditions it considers necessary to protect the
public health, safety, morals, and welfare, and to ensure conformance with the
City’s Comprehensive Plan.
14. Written Findings. The City Council will issue written findings
stating the reasons for its decision and any conditions imposed, and will serve
a copy of its decision on the applicant by U.S. mail.
15. Appeal.
An applicant may appeal the City Council’s decision within 30 days of
the decision to the Benton County District Court as provided by law.
16. Amendments. An application for an amendment to a
Conditional Use Permit will be administered in the same manner as a Conditional
Use Permit.
17. Resubmission. No application for a denied Conditional Use
Permit may be resubmitted for a period of one (1) year from the date of
denial. The City Council may permit a
new application; if in the opinion of the City Council, new evidence or a
change of circumstances warrant it.
Subdivision 3. Criteria
for Granting Conditional Use Permits.
In granting a Conditional Use Permit,
the City Council will consider the advice and recommendation of the Planning
Commission and the effect of the proposed use upon the health, safety, morals,
and general welfare of occupants of surrounding land, including land
values. Among other things, the City
Council must make the following findings when applicable.
1. Not
a Burden on Public Facilities. The
use will not create an excessive burden on existing parks, schools, streets and
other public facilities and utilities which serve or are proposed to serve the
area.
2. Compatible
with Existing and Planned Adjacent Uses.
The use will be designed, constructed, and maintained so as to be
harmonious and appropriate in appearance with the existing vicinity or the
intended character of the general vicinity, and will not impede the normal and
orderly development and improvement of surrounding vacant property for existing
and planned uses in the area.
3. No
Adverse Affect on Adjacent Properties.
The structure and site will not have an appearance, traffic, noise
odors, fumes, dust, vibration, light or emission levels or other features that
will have an adverse effect upon adjacent properties for purposes already in
use or permitted.
4. Related
to the Needs of the City. The use is
reasonably related to the overall needs of the City
and to existing land uses.
5. Consistent
with the Comprehensive Plan. The proposed use is in compliance with the
Land Use Plan and other portions of the Comprehensive Plan adopted by the City.
6. Not
a Traffic Hazard. The use will not cause a traffic hazard or congestion.
7. Adequate
Access, Parking, and Loading.
Maximum measures have been or will be taken to provide adequate access
and appropriate off-street parking and loading space to serve the proposed use.
8. Not
Detrimental to Health, Safety and Welfare.
The proposed use will not be detrimental to the public health, safety,
comfort and general welfare of the City.
9. Floodplain. For property located in Floodplain districts,
the criteria set out in the Floodplain Ordinance will be met.
10. Natural,
Historic, and Scenic Features. The
proposed use will not result in the destruction, loss, or damage of a natural,
scenic, or historic feature of importance.
Subdivision 4.
Conditions.
In permitting a new conditional use or
the alteration of an existing conditional use, the Planning Commission may
recommend the imposition of and the City Council may impose conditions
considered necessary to protect the best interest of the surrounding area or
the City as a whole. These conditions
may include, but are not limited to the following:
1. Increasing the required lot size or
yard dimensions.
2. Limiting
the height, size, number or location of buildings.
3. Controlling
the location and number of vehicle access points.
4. Increasing
the street width.
5. Increasing
the number of required off-street parking spaces.
6. Limiting
the number, size, location or lighting of signs.
7. Limiting the number, size, location, or
type of exterior lighting.
8. Requiring diking, berming,
fencing, screening, landscaping or other facilities to protect adjacent or
nearby property.
9. Designating
sites for open space.
10. Designating
operating hours and noise levels.
11. Any other condition the Planning
Commission or City Council deems necessary to protect the public interest.
12. Additional
Conditions in accord with the Floodplain Ordinance.
Subdivision
5. Changes in Conditional Uses.
Any change involving structural
alteration, enlargement, intensification of use, or similar change not
specifically permitted by the Conditional Use Permit issued will require an
amended Conditional Use Permit and all procedures will apply as if a new permit
were being issued. The Zoning
Administrator will maintain a record of all Conditional Use Permits issued
including information on the use, location, and conditions imposed by the City
Council and time limits, review dates, and such other information as may be
appropriate.
Subdivision
6. Recording Conditional Use
Permits.
A certified
copy of any Conditional Use Permit must be filed with the Benton County
Recorder. The Conditional Use Permits must include the legal description of the
property involved.
Subdivision
7. Lapse/Expiration.
If within six
(6) months after granting a Conditional Use Permit the use permitted has not
been started, then the permit will become null and void unless the City Council
has approved a petition for an extension.
Conditional Use Permits expire if the authorized use ceases for any
reason for more than one (1) year.
Conditional Use Permits expire if the use is abandoned. A use is considered abandoned if the use is
replaced by another use or discontinued for more than one (1) year.
Subdivision
8. Compliance.
1. Revocation. The City Council may suspend or revoke a
conditional use permit if it determines that the permit=s terms and conditions
are not being complied with.
2. Procedure. The Building Inspector, Zoning Administrator,
any Council member or the Mayor may bring before the
City Council notice of a potential violation involving the terms or conditions
of a Conditional Use Permit which has been issued in the City. In such event, the Building Inspector or
Zoning Administrator will investigate the violation and report back to the
Council. If the Council determines that
proceedings to consider revocation of the permit are warranted, the Council
will provide five (5) days written notice to the owner of the property, as
shown on the property tax records for which the Conditional Use Permit has been
issued, of the time and place at which the Council will consider the suspension
or revocation. The property owner will
have an opportunity to be heard after which time the Council may take all
appropriate actions including the suspension or revocation and termination of
the Conditional Use Permit.
3.
Costs of
Enforcement. It will be a term of any Conditional Use
Permit issued by the City, whether or not specifically stated, that the
property owner(s) must pay all staff and reasonable attorney=s fees associated
with enforcement of the terms of the Conditional Use Permit.
SECTION
10.17A INTERIM
USE PERMITS
Subdivision 1. Purpose and Intent. The purpose
and intent of allowing interim uses is:
1. To allow a use for a brief period of
time until a permanent location is obtained or while the permanent location is
under construction.
2. To allow a use that is presently judged
acceptable by the Board, but that, with anticipated development or
redevelopment, will not be acceptable in the future.
3. To allow a use that otherwise may not
be allowed under the zoning regulations but because of its temporary nature may
be acceptable.
Subdivision 2. Procedure. Interim Use Permits will be processed
according to the procedures for Conditional Use Permits and applicants may
appeal the City Council’s decision within 30 days of the decision to the Benton
County District Court as provided by law.
Subdivision 3. General Standards. An interim use must comply with the
following:
1. The use must meet the Conditional Use
Permit standards set forth in this Code.
2. The use must conform to all applicable
zoning regulations.
3. The date or event that will terminate
the use must be identified with certainty.
4. The use must not impose additional,
unreasonable costs on the public if it is necessary for the public to take the
property in the future.
5. The applicant must agree to any
conditions deemed appropriate by the City Council (after recommendation by the
Planning Commission) for permitting the use.
Subdivision 4. Additional Conditions. In permitting an interim use, the City
Council may, on its own or based upon the recommendation of the Planning
Commission, impose, in addition to the standards and requirements expressly
specified by this Ordinance, additional conditions the City Council considers
necessary to protect the interests of the surrounding area.
Subdivision 5. Termination. An interim use will terminate and become void
upon the occurrence of any of the following events:
1. The date stated in the permit.
2. A violation of any condition under
which the City Council issued the permit.
3. A change in the applicable zoning
regulations, which no longer allows the use.
4. The operator/owner or the use changes.
5. The permit is not utilized for a period
of one (1) year from the date issued.
Subdivision 6. Revocation. The City Council may revoke the interim use permit
if any of the permits conditions are violated.
Subdivision 7. Certification
of Taxes Paid. Before the City Council approves an interim
use permit application, the City Council may request that the applicant provide
certification that there are not delinquent property taxes, special
assessments, interest, or utility fees due upon the parcel of land to which the
interim use permit application relates.
SECTION
10.17B AMENDMENTS/REZONING
Subdivision 1. Process.
1. Initiation
of Process/Application. An amendment
to the Zoning Ordinance or Zoning Map may be initiated by the City Council, the
Planning Commission or by a petition of affected property owners (as described
below).
2. Referral
to Planning Commission. An amendment
not initiated by the Planning Commission must be referred to the Planning
Commission for study and report and may not be acted upon by the City Council
prior to the recommendation of the Planning Commission. The Zoning Administrator will review the
proposed amendment and provide the Planning Commission with a staff report and
staff recommendation.
3. Completed
Petition. The owner of the subject
property or ten (10) or more owners of property in the City may propose a
zoning amendment or change, including a rezoning, by submitting fifteen (15)
copies of a complete verified petition to the Zoning Administrator, who will
review the petition and determine whether or not it is complete. In order to be complete, the verified
petition must request the amendment, detail the proposed change, development or
use, and include the requisite fee(s). If the petition is not complete, the
petitioners will be notified in writing within ten (10) days. Once the petition is determined to be
complete, the Zoning Administrator will place the petition on the Planning
Commission’s agenda.
4. The
Zoning Administrator Places the Petition on the Planning Commission’s Agenda
Based On When He/She Receives It. In order for the complete petition to
be heard at the next regularly scheduled Planning Commission meeting, it must
be received by the Zoning Administrator no less than fourteen (14) calendar
days before that meeting. If the
complete petition is received less than fourteen (14) calendar days before the
next regularly scheduled Planning Commission meeting, the petition will not be
considered until the following regularly scheduled Planning Commission meeting.
5. Fee. In order to be considered complete, a
petition must be accompanied by the fee(s) established by the City Council.
6. Planning
Commission’s Review and Recommendation.
After reviewing the proposed zoning amendment or rezoning application,
the Planning Commission will make a written report and recommendation to the
City Council.
7. Appearance
by Applicant. The applicant or the
applicant=s representative(s) must appear before the Planning Commission and
City Council in order to answer questions concerning the zoning amendment
application. If the Applicant or the
Applicant=s representative(s) fail to appear before the Planning Commission,
the Planning Commission will recommend that the application be denied.
8. Official
Public Hearing. The Zoning
Administrator, after the Planning Commission has made its recommendation, will
set the official public hearing before the City Council
9. Published
Notice. The City will publish notice
of the pubic hearing’s time, place and purpose at least once in the City’s
official newspaper at least ten (10) days before the public hearing. If the application is withdrawn after notice
has been published, but before the public hearing, no refunds other than the
recording fee will be granted.
10. Mailed
Notice to Property Owners. The City
will also mail notice of the public hearing’s time, place and purpose not less
than ten (10) days and not more than thirty (30) days before the hearing date
to all individual property owners within three hundred fifty (350) feet of the
parcel included in the request. The responsible person will attest and make a
part of the proceeding’s records a copy of the notice and list of the owners
and addresses to which the notice was sent.
A property owner’s failure to receive notice or a defective notice will
not invalidate any proceedings.
11. The
Official Public Hearing Before The City Council. At the official public hearing, the City
Council will review the Planning Commission’s report and recommendation, the
City Council and receive additional testimony and materials. After it has done this, the City Council will
either adopt by ordinance or deny the proposed amendment or any part of it as
the Council deems advisable. In any
event, the City Council will act on an amendment request by petition, if
practical, within sixty (60) days after the Zoning Administrator receives the
petition or the City may extend the time for consideration as provided under
state law.
12. The
Petitioner(s) Must Appear At The Official Public
Hearing Before The City Council. The
petitioners or their representative(s) must appear before the City Council at
the official public hearing in order to answer questions concerning the
amendment. If the petitioners or their
representative(s) fail to appear before the City Council at the official public
hearing, the petition will be denied.
No refunds will be granted.
13. Amendment
to Zoning Ordinance. Except as
provided below, the City Council may adopt and amend a zoning ordinance by a
majority vote of all its members. The
adoption or amendment of any portion of a zoning ordinance which changes all or
part of the existing classification of a zoning district from residential to
either commercial or industrial requires a two-thirds majority vote of all
members of the governing body.
14. Resubmission. No application of a property owner for a
rezoning will be considered within the one (1) year period following a denial
of such request. The City Council may
permit a new application, if in the opinion of the City Council, new evidence
or a change or circumstances warrant it.
15. Appeal. A petitioner may appeal the City Council’s
decision within 30 days of the decision to the Benton County District Court as
provided by law.
Subdivision
2. Effective Date.
Unless the City Council provides
otherwise, a zoning amendment will not become effective until after the City
Council approves and publishes an Ordinance reflecting the amendment.
Subdivision 3.
Recording.
The City will record with the Benton
County Recorder all Ordinances amending the Zoning Ordinance or rezoning any
property.
Subdivision 4.
Zoning Map.
The Zoning Administrator will revise
the City’s Official Zoning Map each time property within the City is rezoned.
When applicable, the applicant must pay all costs of changes to the Official
Zoning Map.
SECTION 10.17C VARIANCES/APPEALS
Subdivision 1.
Board of Adjustment.
1. Established. The Board of Adjustment is the City Council.
2. Procedure Rules. The Board of Adjustment’s procedural rules
are the same as the City Council’s rules.
3. Powers. The Board of Adjustment has the power to do
the following:
A. Interpret
this Ordinance.
B. Hear and decide appeals where it is
alleged that there is an error in any order, requirement, decision, or
determination made by an administrative official charged with enforcing this
ordinance.
C. Hear and decide appeals regarding exact
zoning district boundaries.
D. Hear requests for variances from this
Ordinance’s literal provisions where their strict enforcement would cause undue
Hardship because of circumstances unique to the individual property and to
grant such variances when it is demonstrated that the actions will be in
keeping with this Ordinance’s spirit and intent.
Subdivision 2. Appeals
and Administrative Decisions. Applicants may
appeal decisions of the Zoning Administrator to the Board of Adjustment within
30 days of the decision.
1. Application. The person making the appeal must apply
for a hearing before the Board of Adjustment on forms provided by the Zoning
Administrator.
2. Notice
and Hearing. The Board of Adjustment
will schedule a hearing on the appeal.
A. At least ten (10) days prior to the
hearing a notice will be published in the official city newspaper.
B. The Board of Adjustment will make their
decision within thirty (30) days of the public hearing or may extend the time
for consideration as permitted by state law.
Subdivision
3. Variances.
No variance in
the provisions or requirements of this Ordinance will be authorized by the
Board of Adjustment unless it finds evidence that the following facts and
conditions exist:
1. Unique
Circumstances. That there are
exceptional or extraordinary circumstances or conditions applying to the
property in question as to the intended use of the property that do not apply
generally to other properties in the same zoning district. The unique circumstances did not result from
the acts of the property owner.
2. Necessary
to Preserve reasonable use of the property.
The property cannot be put to a reasonable use without the
variance. That such variance is
necessary for the preservation and enjoyment of a substantial property right
similar to that possessed by other properties in the same district and in the
same vicinity.
3. Not
merely economic. The possibility of
increased financial return or economic consideration will not in itself be
deemed sufficient to warrant a variance if a reasonable use for the property
exists under this Ordinances terms. This
means that cost or money savings cannot be the only reason for the
variance.
4. Maintains
the Character of the Neighborhood.
The variance will not alter the areas essential character of the
neighborhood.
5. Meets
the Spirit of this Ordinance and Comprehensive Plan. The variance maintains the spirit and intent
of this Ordinance and the Comprehensive Plan.
Subdivision
4. Other Considerations.
1. Solar
Energy Systems. Undue hardship will
include, but not be limited to, inadequate access to direct sunlight for solar
energy systems.
2. Earth
Sheltered Homes. Variances will be
granted for earth sheltered construction as defined in Minn. Stat. 116J.06, Subdivision
2, when in harmony with this Ordinance.
3. Non-permitted
Use. The Board of Adjustment may not
permit as a variance any use that is not permitted under this Ordinance for
property in the zone where the affected person’s land is located.
4. Temporary
Use for One Family Dwelling. The
Board of Adjustment may permit as a variance the temporary use of a one family
dwelling as a two family dwelling.
5. Conditions. The Board of Adjustment may impose conditions
in granting variances to insure compliance and protect
adjacent properties.
Subdivision
5. Variance Procedure.
1. Application
Filing Required. A complete request
for a variance or appeal must be filed with the Zoning Administrator at least
fourteen (14) calendar days before the next regularly scheduled Planning
Commission meeting in order for the application to be considered at that
meeting. An applicant will be notified
within ten (10) days if his/her application is incomplete. Only after the application is found to be
complete will the Zoning Administrator place the request on the Planning
Commission’s agenda. If the request or
application is received less than fourteen (14) calendar days before the next
regularly scheduled Planning Commission meeting, it will not be considered
until the following regularly scheduled Planning Commission meeting. In addition, all requests and applications
must be accompanied by the required fee(s) along with detailed material
explaining the specific request and any other information the City Clerk
requests in order to be considered complete.
2. Fee. The request or application must be
accompanied by the fee(s) the City Council will establish by resolution. An additional fee may be charged for atypical
projects, which in the opinion of the Zoning Administrator will require
additional staff time and/or City expenditures.
In such case, the applicant must reimburse the City for administrative
time and professional services and costs incurred by the City in reviewing the
application.
3. Planning
Commission Referral. The City Clerk
will forward the request to the Planning Commission, which will consider the
request, if practical, at their next regularly scheduled meeting and make a
recommendation and report to the Board of Adjustment.
A. Appearance
by Applicant. The applicant or the applicants
representative(s) must appear before the Planning Commission in order to answer
questions concerning the variance application. If the applicant the applicants
representative(s) fail to appear before the Planning Commission, the Planning
Commission will recommend the application be denied. No refunds will be
granted.
4. Public
Hearing. Upon receiving the Planning
Commission’s report and recommendation, the Board of Adjustment will set a date
for and hold an official public hearing, if practical, within sixty (60) days
of the Zoning Administrator’s receipt of a complete request or
application. In the event the official
public hearing cannot be held within sixty (60) days, the Applicant will be
notified in writing of the reasons for the delay and the date and time that the
public hearing will be held; which may not be more than one-hundred and twenty
(120) days from the date of receipt by the Zoning Administrator of the
completed request or application.
A. Published
Notice. The City will publish notice
of the pubic hearing’s time, place and purpose at least once in the City’s
official newspaper at least ten (10) days before the public hearing. If the Applicant withdraws his or her request
after notice of the public hearing has been published, but before the public
hearing, no fees other than recording fees will be refunded.
B. Mailed
Notice to Property Owners. The City
will also mail notice of the public hearing’s time, place and purpose not less
than ten (10) days and not more than thirty (30) days before the hearing date
to all individual property owners within three hundred fifty (350) feet of the
parcel included in the request. The responsible person must attest and make a
part of the proceeding’s records a copy of the notice and list of the owners
and addresses to which the notice was sent.
A property owner’s failure to receive notice or a defective notice will
not invalidate any proceedings.
5. Appearance
by Applicant. The applicant or the
applicant’s representative(s) must appear before the Board of Adjustment in
order to answer questions concerning the variance application. If the applicant
the applicant’s representative(s) fail to appear before the Board of
Adjustment, the application will be denied.
No refunds will be granted.
6. Decision
by Board of Adjustment. The Board of
Adjustment will, by resolution, either grant or deny the Variance. Approval of a variance requires passage by a
four-fifths (4/5) vote of the full Board of Adjustment.
7. Conditions
and/or Revisions. If the Board of
Adjustment grants the variance, it may impose conditions it considers necessary
to protect public health, safety and welfare.
The Board of Adjustment may also revise the variance to ensure that it
is the minimum variance required.
8. Written
Findings & Notice of Decision to Applicant. The City Council will issue written findings
stating the reasons for its decision and any conditions imposed, and will serve
a copy of its decision on the applicant by U.S. mail within ten (10) days after
its decision. The City Council will make
a decision on each application within sixty (60) days after receiving the
application or extend the time for consideration under state law.
9. Recording. A certified copy of every variance to
abstract or registered property, including the property’s legal description,
must be filed with the Benton County Recorder or Registrar of Titles.
10. Resubmission. No application which is substantially the
same as an application of a denied variance may be resubmitted for a period of
one (1) year from the date of the denial.
The Board of Adjustment may permit a new application if, in its opinion,
new evidence or a change in circumstances warrant reconsideration.
Subdivision
6. Lapse of Variance.
If within one (1) year after granting
a variance the work permitted is not started, such variance becomes null and
void unless a petition for an extension has been approved by the City Council.
SECTION 10.17D. ENVIRONMENTAL
REVIEW
Subdivision
1. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to determine
whether certain projects have or may have the potential for significant
environmental effects and should undergo the special review procedures of the
Minnesota Environmental Review Program.
Procedures for EAWs and EISs are set forth in the Minnesota
Environmental Quality Review Board (EQB) regulations for the Environmental
Review Program authorized by Minnesota Statute 116D.04 and 116D.04S and
specified in Minnesota Rules Parts 4410.0200 to 4410.7800.
Subdivision 2. Cost of Preparation and Review.
A. Information to
be Provided.
The applicant for a permit for any action for which environmental documents are
required either by State law or by the City Council shall supply in the manner
prescribed by the City Administrator, or representative, all unprivileged data
or information reasonably requested by the city that the applicant has in their
possession or to which the applicant has reasonable access.
B. Environmental
Assessment Worksheets.
The applicant for a permit for any action for which an Environmental Assessment
Worksheet (EAW) is required either by State law or rules or by the City
Council, shall pay all costs of preparation and review of the EAW, and, upon
the request of and in the manner prescribed by the City Administrator, or
representative, shall prepare a draft EAW and supply all information necessary
to adequately complete that document.
C. Alternative
Urban Areawide Review. The
Alternative Urban Areawide Review (AUAR) process substitutes for any EAW, AUAR,
or EIS required for specific qualifying projects. The city may decide that an AUAR be completed
instead of an EAW, provided:
1. It is for a
project that complies with the review assumptions and mitigation measures.
2. If the
projected area to be reviewed is covered by the comprehensive plan.
3. The content
and format of the review is similar to that of an EAW, but provide for a level
of analysis comparable to that of an EIS for impacts typical of urban
residential, commercial warehousing, and light industrial development and
associated infrastructure.
4. It covers the
possible impacts through a “worst case scenario” analysis or else prevents the
impacts through the provisions of the mitigation plan. Failure to cover possible impacts by one of
these means risks the invalidation of the environmental review exemption for
specific development projects.
D. Environmental
Impact Statement. All projects requiring an EIS must have an
EAW on file with the City, which will be used to
determine the scope of the EIS. All EISs shall be prepared according to the
procedures and requirements of the State Environmental Review Program, Rules
4410.2100-4410.3000, as may be amended.
The costs of preparation of an EIS shall be assessed to the project
proposer in accordance with Minnesota Rules Parts 4410.6000 to 4100.6500, as
may be amended.
E. Payment of
costs.
No permit, for an action for which an EAW or an EIS is required, shall be
issued until all costs of preparation and review, which are to be paid by the
applicant are paid, and all information required is supplied in adequate detail
and until the environmental review process has been completed as provided in
this section. The owner shall deposit
with the City a letter of credit in a form acceptable to the City, in an amount
as determined by the City Finance Director, necessary to cover the total costs
associated with the environmental review.
Subdivision 3. Administration.
A. The City
Administrator, or representative, shall be the person responsible for the
administration of the environmental review program, this chapter, and the rules
adopted by reference by this chapter.
B. The City
Community Development Director shall be responsible for determining whether an
action for which a permit is required is an action for which an EAW is
mandatory under Minnesota Rules 4410.4300, as may be amended. The City Community Development Director may
suggest and/or the City Council may require the preparation of a discretionary
EAW if it is determined that an action for which a permit is required may have
some significant environmental impact or when there is a perception of such,
provided that the project is not specifically exempted by Minnesota Rules
4410.4600, as may be amended.
C. All EAWs and
EISs shall be prepared under the direction of the City Community Development
Director and reviewed and approved by the City Council.
D. During the
thirty (30) day comment period that follows publication of the notice of
availability of the EAW in the EQB Monitor, the Planning Commission shall
review the EAW. The Commission shall make recommendations to the City Council
regarding potential environmental impacts that may warrant further
investigation before the project is commenced and the need for an EIS on the
proposed project.
E. When reviewing
an EAW, AUAR, or EIS , the City Community Development
Director and the Planning Commission may suggest design alterations that would
lessen the environmental impact of the action. The City Council may require
these design alterations to be made as a condition for issuing the permit when
it finds that the design alterations are necessary to lessen the environmental
impact on the action.
F. The Council
shall base its decision on the need for an EIS and the proposed scope of an EIS
on the information gathered during the EAW process and on the comments received
on the EAW. An EIS shall be prepared for
any project that meets or exceeds the thresholds of any of the EIS categories listed in Minnesota Rules 4410.4400, as may
be amended. An EIS shall also be
prepared when the City Council determines that, based on the EAW and any
comments or additional information received during the EAW comment period, the
proposed project has the potential for significant environmental effects, or
when the City Council and the proposer of the project agree that an EIS should
be prepared. Pursuant to Minnesota Rules
4410,1700, in deciding whether a project has the potential for significant
environmental effects, the following factors shall be considered:
1. Type, extent and reversibility of
environmental effects.
2. Cumulative potential effects of related or
anticipated future projects.
3. The extent to which the environmental effects
are subject to mitigation by ongoing public regulatory authority.
4. The extent to which environmental effects can
be anticipated and controlled as a result of other environmental studies
undertaken by public agencies or the project proposer, or of EISs previously
prepared on similar projects.
G. All projects
requiring an EIS must have an EAW on file with the City,
which will be used to determine the scope of the EIS. All EISs shall be
prepared according to the procedures and requirements of the State
Environmental Review Program, Rules 4410.2100-4410.3000, as may be amended. The
costs of preparation of an EIS shall be assessed to the project proposer in
accordance with Minnesota Rules Parts 4410.6000 to 4100.6500, as may be
amended. All EISs shall be prepared
according to the procedures and requirements of the State Environmental Review
Program,
Subdivision 4. Enforcement and Penalty.
A. No permit
shall be issued for a project for which environmental documents are required
until the entire environmental review procedures established by this chapter
have been completed.
B. Any person who
violates any provision of this chapter is guilty of a misdemeanor and, upon
conviction thereof, shall be punished by a fine not exceeding five hundred
dollars ($500.00) or imprisonment for ninety (90) days or both. Each day that
the violation is permitted to exist constitutes a separate offense.
C. No work shall
commence, and any work in progress on any project for which environmental
documents are required shall cease, until the environmental review procedures
established by this chapter are fully complied with.
SECTION
10.17E: WETLAND MANAGEMENT ORDINANCE
Subd 1. Purpose
The purpose of
these regulations is to achieve the policies described in the City’s
Comprehensive Wetland Protection and Management Plan (Plan) relating to the
protection and management of wetlands and to adopt the Wetland Conservation
Act.
Subd 2. Administration, Applicability, and Effective
Date
The City
Council hereby designates the City Administrator as the Administrator of these
regulations. Upon approval of the City
of Sauk Rapids Comprehensive Wetland Protection and Management Plan, the City
of Sauk Rapids assumes the responsibility as Local Government Unit (LGU) for
the Wetland Conservation Act (WCA), as defined and required in Minnesota Rule
8420, as amended.
A. This ordinance shall take
effect after the City publishes it in the official newspaper.
B. Except as specified
elsewhere in this ordinance, this ordinance shall apply to all real property
which is located in a wetland, or any person or use that would impact a wetland
after adoption of this ordinance
C. The City adopts the wetland
management classification map and Plan dated March 26, 2012, which is based on
wetland classifications from the MnRAM
assessment.
a. The City Council may adopt changes to
the City Wetland Protection and Management Plan Map which are based on MnRAM assessments.
b. Any wetland not currently assigned a
classification based on the MnRAM assessment as of
the date of the adoption of this ordinance will need to be assessed using MnRAM 3.3 (or most current version) and submitted to the City for review and classification. Based on the assessment,
the City Staff will place the wetland into a management category.
Subd 3. Definitions
City Wetland Protection and Management Plan Map:
This map was developed as part of the Wetland Protection and Management
Plan and shows the general locations of wetlands within the City. While an attempt was made to locate all
wetlands within the City, omission of a wetland from this map does not exclude
that wetland from this regulation.
Growing Season: As defined in the U.S. Army Corps of
Engineers Wetlands Delineation Manual (January 1987), including subsequent
updates and supplements.
Impact: As defined in the Wetland
Conservation Act, Minnesota Rule 8420, as amended.
Minnesota Routine Assessment Method (MnRAM): A
scientific methodology to assess the quality of wetlands.
Sequencing: A five-step process outlined in the
Wetland Conservation Act that evaluates the necessity of a project’s impact on
a wetland.
Shoreland Protection Zone: As defined
under Minnesota Rule 8420, as amended
Storm water pond: A pond that has been created to capture and
treat storm water runoff. Storm water is
often piped into storm water ponds but may also enter through sheet runoff.
Technical Evaluation Panel (TEP): As defined in Minnesota Rule 8420.0240, Subpt. A, as amended. This panel provides technical
guidance and recommendations to the Local Government Unit.
Wetland: Wetlands means those areas of the
city inundated or saturated by groundwater or surface water at a frequency and
duration sufficient to support, and that under normal circumstances do support,
a prevalence of vegetation typically adapted for life in saturated soil
conditions; or as defined under Minnesota Rule 8420, as amended.
Subd 4. Wetland Management
A. Boundaries.
This regulation shall apply to those areas
which are defined and delineated as jurisdictional wetland as per the U.S. Army
Corps of Engineers Wetlands Delineation Manual (January 1987), including
subsequent updates and supplements. These areas are shown in general on the
City’s Wetland Protection and
Management Plan map. This map also shows
the management classifications for each wetland that was assessed as part of
the Plan and that pertain to this regulation.
These areas shall be field
reviewed by the applicant’s trained wetland professional
and reviewed for accuracy by City Staff if work is proposed within or adjacent
to the wetland. The presence or absence
of a wetland on the City’s
Wetland Protection and Management Plan map does not represent a definitive determination as to whether a
wetland covered by this regulation is present or not. It is the responsibility of the applicant to
determine whether a wetland exists on a subject property.
B.
Application. The applicant
shall submit the Minnesota Local/State/Federal Application Forms for
Water/Wetland Projects to the Administrator for approval prior to any work that
will impact wetlands. The Administrator
shall follow the review timelines and notice requirements as outlined in the
Wetland Conservation Act as set forth in Minnesota Rules Chapter 8420, as
amended.
C.
Wetland Regulations. The Wetland Conservation Act, as amended, and
the rules implementing the Wetland Conservation Act as set forth in Minnesota
Rules Chapter 8420, as amended, are incorporated as part of these regulations
and shall govern draining, filling, and dredging in wetlands. Where the City’s Comprehensive Wetland
Protection and Management Plan deviates from the Wetland Conservation Act, the
Comprehensive Wetland Protection and Management Plan shall apply.
D. Wetland Management. Wetlands within the City shall be managed as outlined
below:
1. Wetland Mitigation and Sequencing. Mitigation ratios and Sequencing for the
different management classifications will be as follows:
Preserve: Wetlands in this category shall receive the maximum amount of
protection under this CWPMP. Avoidance
is strongly recommended and impacts will be allowed only under extreme
hardship. Applications will be reviewed
and decided upon on a case by case basis. Extreme
hardship will be determined by the City which shall rely on its variance
standards as defined in Section 10 of the City Code to determine extreme
hardship. Mitigation of permitted impacts to wetlands in this category will
vary depending on the weighted average wetland rating for vegetative
diversity/integrity as calculated by the MnRAM
analysis and provided in Appendix D. Sequencing is required as per Minnesota
Rule 8420.
Ø Exceptional = 6:1
Ø High/Mod/Low = 3:1
Manage
1:
Wetlands in this category will be managed under this CWPMP to maintain their
existing functions and values. Therefore, mitigation of permitted impacts to
wetlands in this category will be at a 2.5:1 ratio. Sequencing is required as per Minnesota Rule 8420.
Manage
2:
Wetlands in this category will be managed under this CWPMP to maintain and improve, through restoration
where applicable, their existing functions and values. Therefore, mitigation of
permitted impacts to wetlands in this category will be at a 2:1 ratio.
Sequencing is required as per Minnesota Rule 8420.
Manage
3:
Wetlands in this category may be utilized in the City’s stormwater management system and will be
restored wherever possible. Therefore, mitigation of permitted impacts to
wetlands in this category will be at a 1:1 ratio. Sequencing flexibility may be
applied for impacts proposed to these wetlands.
Subd. 5 Exemptions.
Those exemptions outlined in
the Wetland Conservation Act as set forth in Minnesota Rules 8420, as amended,
are exempt from this Section.
Subd. 6 Performance Bond Required.
If an approved
application includes wetland impacts, the Applicant must provide financial
assurance with the Administrator as per Minnesota Rule 8420.0522, Subp. 9, or as amended.
Subd. 7 Administrative Procedures
A. The City of Sauk Rapids is authorized by
Minnesota Rules Part 8420.0200, Subpart 2, to delegate certain Local Government
Unit functions with regard to implementation of the Wetland Conservation Act to
City Staff.
B. City of Sauk Rapids Staff is defined by the City and as required by Minnesota Rule 8420.
C. The City Council of the City of Sauk Rapids
places decision authority for exemption, no loss, and wetland boundary and type
determinations with City of Sauk
Rapids staff.
D. Decision authority for replacement plan and
wetland banking determinations are placed with the City Council of the City of
Sauk Rapids.
E. City of Sauk Rapids staff may request that
decisions for exemption, no loss, and
wetland boundary and type determinations be made by the City Council.
Subd. 8 Appeals and Enforcement
A. Enforcement: Enforcement of the Wetland Conservation Act
shall be in accordance with Minnesota Rules 8420, as amended. City enforcement procedures
shall be followed where this Comprehensive Wetland Protection and Management
Plan is more restrictive than the Wetland Conservation Act.
B. Appeals of Management Classification: The management
classification of a wetland can be
appealed by the landowner or project proposer.
This appeal must be submitted
to the Administrator in writing and include documentation supporting the
reasons for placing a wetland into a different management class. This written appeal must be submitted to the
Administrator prior to or along with the wetland impact permit
application. A fee will be required for each wetland being appealed. The appeal will be reviewed by City
Staff. A decision on the appeal will be
made in accordance with Minnesota Rule 8420, as amended. The appellant will be
notified in writing of the TEP’s recommendation, if applicable, and the City’s
decision on the appeal.
C. Appeals of Wetland Conservation Act
Decisions: Appeals of
exemption, no-loss, wetland boundary, wetland type, sequencing, replacement
plan, or banking plan decisions made by the City will follow the appeal process
in accordance with Minnesota Rules
8420, as amended.
Subd. 9 Recovery of Wetland Enforcement Costs
Necessary costs,
including but not limited to consulting fees, incurred by the City as a result of wetland violations will
be billed directly to the responsible party. If the responsible party is
different from the property owner, the City will notify the property owner of the charges. If the responsible party
or property owner does not pay the applicable charges, the City may assess any
unpaid fees to the respective property or recover the unpaid fees by any other
legal means.
SECTION 10.18 ENFORCEMENT AND ADMINISTRATION.
Subdivision 1. Enforcement
and Penalties.
A. This
Chapter shall be administered by the City Administrator and enforced by the
Police Department. In carrying out this
general authority, the City Administrator shall:
1. Cause
inspections of buildings and the use of land to determine compliance with the
terms of this Chapter.
2. Maintain
permanent and current records pertaining to this Chapter, including, but not
limited to, maps, amendments, conditional uses, variances, appeals, and
applications therefore.
3. Receive, file,
and forward applications for rezoning, variances, conditional use permits, or
other action to the appropriate official bodies.
4. Provide
clerical and technical assistance to the Planning Commission and City Council.
5. Make
recommendations to the City Council on the institution of appropriate actions
or proceedings for enforcement of this Chapter, on amendments, and on any other
matters relating to the administration of this Chapter.
B. The
Building Inspector shall require that the application for a building permit,
and the accompanying site plan for all construction except new R-1 and R-2
dwellings, contain all of the information necessary to enable him to determine
whether the proposed structure complies with the provisions of this
Chapter. No building permit shall be
issued for the construction, structural alteration, or moving of a structure
until the Building Inspector has verified that the proposed building or
alteration complies with all the provisions of this Chapter and other
applicable regulations cited in Section 10.01 Subdivision 1.
C. The
Police Department, as the enforcing agency of this Chapter, shall have all the
powers, duties and responsibilities necessary to enforce the provisions of this
Chapter and to issue such directives as may be necessary to carry out the
intent thereof.
D. Any persons, firm or corporation who
violates, abuses, neglects, refuses to comply, or who resists the enforcement
of any provision of this Chapter, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor which shall
be punishable by a fine not exceeding $700.00 or 90 days
imprisonment for each offense, plus the cost of prosecution in either
case. Each day that a violation
continues to exist will constitute a separate offense.
Subdivision 2. Validity. If any section, paragraph, subsection,
clause or provision of this Chapter shall be declared by a court of competent
jurisdiction to be invalid, such decision shall not affect the validity of this
Chapter as a whole nor any of the parts not invalidated.